1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
64 #include "continuations.h"
69 /* readline include files */
70 #include "readline/readline.h"
71 #include "readline/history.h"
73 /* readline defines this. */
76 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
77 #include "python/python.h"
79 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
81 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
83 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
85 static void disable_command (char *, int);
87 static void enable_command (char *, int);
89 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
93 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
95 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
97 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
99 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
100 struct linespec_result
*,
104 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
105 struct linespec_result
*,
106 struct linespec_sals
*,
108 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
110 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
113 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*, char **,
114 struct symtabs_and_lines
*);
116 static void clear_command (char *, int);
118 static void catch_command (char *, int);
120 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
122 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
124 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
126 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
128 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
129 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
130 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
132 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
134 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
135 struct symtab_and_line
,
137 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
139 static struct breakpoint
*
140 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
142 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
);
144 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
146 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
150 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
151 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
152 struct obj_section
*, int);
154 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
,
156 struct address_space
*aspace2
,
159 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
160 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
162 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
163 struct address_space
*aspace
,
166 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
168 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
170 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
171 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
173 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
175 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
177 static void commands_command (char *, int);
179 static void condition_command (char *, int);
188 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
189 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
191 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
193 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
195 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
197 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
199 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
201 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
203 int *other_type_used
);
205 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
207 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
209 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
);
211 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
213 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
215 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
217 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
);
219 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
,
220 char *arg
, int tempflag
, int from_tty
);
222 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
224 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
226 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*,
229 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
230 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
231 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
233 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
235 static void update_global_location_list (int);
237 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
239 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
241 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
243 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
245 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
247 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
249 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
251 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
253 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
255 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
257 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
260 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
262 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
264 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
;
266 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
267 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
268 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
269 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
271 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
272 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
274 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
275 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
277 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
279 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
281 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
282 breakpoints share a single command list. */
283 struct counted_command_line
285 /* The reference count. */
288 /* The command list. */
289 struct command_line
*commands
;
292 struct command_line
*
293 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
295 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
298 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
299 current breakpoint. */
301 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
304 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
306 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
307 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
309 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
311 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
314 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
315 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
316 if such is available. */
317 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
320 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
321 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
324 fprintf_filtered (file
,
325 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
326 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
330 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
331 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
332 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
333 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
334 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
336 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
337 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
340 fprintf_filtered (file
,
341 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
342 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
346 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
347 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
348 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
349 use hardware breakpoints. */
350 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
352 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
353 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
356 fprintf_filtered (file
,
357 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
361 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
362 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
363 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
364 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
365 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
367 static const char always_inserted_auto
[] = "auto";
368 static const char always_inserted_on
[] = "on";
369 static const char always_inserted_off
[] = "off";
370 static const char *always_inserted_enums
[] = {
371 always_inserted_auto
,
376 static const char *always_inserted_mode
= always_inserted_auto
;
378 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
379 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
381 if (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
)
382 fprintf_filtered (file
,
383 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
384 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
386 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
388 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
393 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
395 return ((always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_on
396 || (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
&& non_stop
))
400 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
402 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
403 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
405 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
406 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
408 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
409 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
411 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
412 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
413 current breakpoint. */
415 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
417 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
418 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
419 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
422 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
423 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
424 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
426 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
427 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
428 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
431 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
433 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
434 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
435 if (is_tracepoint (B))
437 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
439 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
441 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
443 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
445 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
447 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
449 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
450 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
451 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
452 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
453 an address you need to read. */
455 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
457 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
458 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
459 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
460 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
461 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
463 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
465 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
466 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
468 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
470 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
472 static int breakpoint_count
;
474 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
475 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
476 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
477 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
478 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
480 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
482 static int tracepoint_count
;
484 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
485 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
486 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
488 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
490 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
492 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
495 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
498 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
500 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
501 breakpoint_count
= num
;
502 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
505 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
506 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
507 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
509 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
513 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
515 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
518 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
522 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
524 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
527 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
530 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
532 struct breakpoint
*b
;
538 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
539 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
541 static struct counted_command_line
*
542 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
544 struct counted_command_line
*result
545 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
548 result
->commands
= commands
;
552 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
555 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
561 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
562 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
563 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
566 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
570 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
572 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
579 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
582 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
584 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
587 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
590 static struct cleanup
*
591 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
593 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
597 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
598 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
601 get_breakpoint (int num
)
603 struct breakpoint
*b
;
606 if (b
->number
== num
)
615 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *exp
,
618 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
619 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
621 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
623 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
630 struct bp_location
*loc
;
632 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
642 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
648 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
649 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
650 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
651 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
653 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
655 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
657 innermost_block
= NULL
;
659 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0);
661 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
662 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
666 struct bp_location
*loc
;
668 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
672 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
674 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
678 breakpoints_changed ();
679 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
682 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
685 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
687 struct breakpoint
*b
;
692 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
695 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
697 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
700 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
702 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
703 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
704 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
705 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
707 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b
->py_bp_object
))
708 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
709 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
710 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
714 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
717 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
718 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
719 Throw if any such commands is found. */
722 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
724 struct command_line
*c
;
726 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
730 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
731 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
732 "only be used for tracepoints"));
734 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
735 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
737 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
738 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
740 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
741 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
743 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
744 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
748 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
751 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
753 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
754 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
755 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
759 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
761 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
764 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
765 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
769 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
770 struct command_line
*commands
)
772 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
774 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
775 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
776 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
777 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
778 struct command_line
*c
;
779 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
780 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
782 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
784 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
785 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
786 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
787 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
788 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
789 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
792 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
793 "can be used only once"));
800 struct command_line
*c2
;
802 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
803 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
804 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
806 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
807 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
813 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
817 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
818 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
821 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
823 struct breakpoint
*b
;
824 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
825 struct bp_location
*loc
;
828 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
830 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
831 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
832 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
838 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
839 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
842 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
843 struct command_line
*commands
)
845 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
847 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
848 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
849 breakpoints_changed ();
850 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
853 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
854 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
858 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
860 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
863 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
864 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
867 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
868 breakpoint work for any thread. */
871 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
873 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
876 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
877 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
880 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
881 breakpoint work for any task. */
884 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
886 int old_task
= b
->task
;
889 if (old_task
!= task
)
890 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
894 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
896 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
898 validate_actionline (&line
, b
);
901 /* A structure used to pass information through
902 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
906 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
909 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
912 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
913 already-parsed command. */
914 struct command_line
*control
;
916 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
918 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
921 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
925 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
927 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
929 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
931 struct command_line
*l
;
933 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
934 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
937 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
940 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
941 "%s, one per line."),
944 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
946 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
949 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
952 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
955 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
958 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
960 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
962 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
963 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
964 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
965 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
966 breakpoints_changed ();
967 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
972 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
973 struct command_line
*control
)
975 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
976 struct commands_info info
;
978 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
979 info
.control
= control
;
981 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
982 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
983 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
985 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
987 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
988 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
990 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
991 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
994 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
995 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
996 numbers will fail in this case. */
1001 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1003 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1006 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1010 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1012 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1013 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1015 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1019 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1021 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1024 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1025 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1027 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1028 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1029 enum command_control_type
1030 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1032 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1033 return simple_control
;
1036 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1039 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1041 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1045 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1046 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1051 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1052 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1054 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1055 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1056 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1057 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1058 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1059 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1060 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1061 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1063 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1066 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1067 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1068 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1070 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1072 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1074 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1075 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1076 report higher one. */
1079 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1080 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1082 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1084 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1085 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1087 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1088 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1089 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1090 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1092 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1093 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1094 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1096 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1098 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1105 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1106 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1107 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1108 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1109 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1112 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1114 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1115 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1116 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1119 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1122 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1124 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1126 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1127 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1131 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1132 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1133 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1136 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1139 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1140 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1141 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1144 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1146 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
, 0,
1147 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1150 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1152 bp_addr
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1153 bp_size
= bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
1155 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1156 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1160 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1161 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1165 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1166 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1168 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1169 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1170 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1174 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1176 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1177 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1180 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1182 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1184 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1185 bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1189 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= bl
->gdbarch
;
1190 const unsigned char *bp
;
1191 CORE_ADDR placed_address
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1192 unsigned placed_size
= bl
->target_info
.placed_size
;
1194 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1195 memcpy (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1196 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1198 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1200 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &placed_address
, &placed_size
);
1202 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1203 breakpoint's INSN. */
1204 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1210 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1213 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1215 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1216 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1217 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1220 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1224 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1226 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1227 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1230 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1231 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1232 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1233 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1234 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1235 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1236 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1237 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1240 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1242 return (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1243 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1244 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
)));
1247 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1248 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1251 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1253 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1255 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1257 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1258 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1259 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1260 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1261 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1263 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1266 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1267 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1268 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1269 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1271 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1273 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1274 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1277 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1278 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1279 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1280 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1281 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1282 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1283 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1284 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1286 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1287 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1288 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1289 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1290 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1291 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1292 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1293 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1296 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1297 hardware watchpoints:
1299 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1300 called several times when GDB stops.
1303 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1304 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1305 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1306 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1307 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1308 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1309 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1310 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1311 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1312 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1313 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1315 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1316 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1319 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1321 int within_current_scope
;
1322 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1325 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1326 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1327 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1328 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1331 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1336 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1337 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1338 within_current_scope
= 1;
1341 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1342 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1343 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1345 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1346 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1347 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1348 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1351 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1352 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1353 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1354 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1357 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1359 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1360 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1361 if (within_current_scope
)
1365 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1366 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1367 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1370 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1379 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1380 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1381 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1382 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1383 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1384 be completely different objects. */
1385 value_free (b
->val
);
1389 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1390 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1391 locations (re)created below. */
1392 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1394 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1396 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1400 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1401 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1405 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1406 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1407 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1408 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1409 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1410 if ( !target_has_execution
)
1412 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1413 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1414 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1416 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1419 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1420 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1422 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
);
1424 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1425 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1426 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1427 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1428 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1430 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1436 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1438 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1439 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1441 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1442 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1443 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1444 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1445 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1446 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1447 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1449 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1451 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1452 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1453 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1455 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1456 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1460 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1462 addr
= value_address (v
);
1463 len
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1465 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1467 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1470 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
1471 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1474 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1476 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1477 loc
->address
= addr
;
1479 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1484 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1485 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1486 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1491 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1492 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1494 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1498 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1501 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1502 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1503 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1505 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1506 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1507 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1508 this watchpoint in as well. */
1510 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1511 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1512 hardware watchpoint type. */
1513 type
= b
->base
.type
;
1514 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1515 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1517 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1518 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1519 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1520 through watch_command), so always account for it
1523 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1524 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
1526 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1527 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
1530 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1531 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1533 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
1535 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1536 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1537 "hardware watchpoint."));
1538 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1539 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1540 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1542 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1543 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1547 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1548 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1549 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1551 b
->base
.type
= type
;
1554 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1555 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1556 "read/access watchpoint."));
1558 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1560 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
1561 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
1562 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
1563 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
1566 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
1568 next
= value_next (v
);
1573 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1574 above left it without any location set up. But,
1575 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1576 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1577 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
1579 struct breakpoint
*base
= &b
->base
;
1580 base
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (base
);
1581 base
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1582 base
->loc
->address
= -1;
1583 base
->loc
->length
= -1;
1584 base
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
1587 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1589 printf_filtered (_("\
1590 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1591 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1593 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
1596 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1598 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1602 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1603 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1604 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1605 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1606 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1608 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1610 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
1613 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1616 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
1619 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
1622 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1623 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1624 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1625 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1626 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1627 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1628 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1629 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1630 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
1636 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
1637 that the location is not duplicated. */
1640 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1643 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
1646 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
1647 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
1651 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
1652 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
1653 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1654 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
1657 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
1658 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1660 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
1661 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
1662 int *disabled_breaks
,
1663 int *hw_breakpoint_error
)
1667 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
1670 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1671 memset (&bl
->target_info
, 0, sizeof (bl
->target_info
));
1672 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= bl
->address
;
1673 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
1674 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
1676 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1677 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1679 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
1681 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1682 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1683 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1685 Two important cases are:
1686 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1687 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1688 hardware breakpoint.
1689 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
1690 read-write. This means we've previously made the
1691 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
1694 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
1695 location types we've just set here, the only possible
1696 problem is that memory map has changed during running
1697 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
1699 struct mem_region
*mr
1700 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.placed_address
);
1704 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
1706 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
1708 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1709 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
1711 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
1713 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
1715 static int said
= 0;
1717 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
1720 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
1721 _("Note: automatically using "
1722 "hardware breakpoints for "
1723 "read-only addresses.\n"));
1728 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1729 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1730 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
1731 "at readonly address %s"),
1732 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
1736 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1737 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
1738 || bl
->section
== NULL
1739 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
1741 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1743 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
1747 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1748 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1749 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
1751 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1752 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1753 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1754 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1755 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1759 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
1761 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1762 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
1763 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
1764 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
1765 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
1767 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1768 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
1769 "failed: in ROM?\n",
1773 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1774 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
1776 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1777 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
1781 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1782 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1789 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1790 if (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
1792 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1794 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
1795 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
1796 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
1798 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1799 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1801 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1802 "Temporarily disabling shared "
1803 "library breakpoints:\n");
1805 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
1806 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1807 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
1811 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1813 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
1814 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1815 "Cannot insert hardware "
1821 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1822 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1824 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
,
1825 "Error accessing memory address ");
1826 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
1828 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
, ": %s.\n",
1829 safe_strerror (val
));
1840 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1841 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1842 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1843 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1845 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
1846 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
1848 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
1850 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
1851 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
1852 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
1854 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
1856 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
1857 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
1859 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
1861 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
1862 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
1866 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
1867 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
1874 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
1875 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
1878 /* Back to the original value. */
1879 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
1883 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
1886 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
1888 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
1889 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
1891 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
1894 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1898 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
1899 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
1901 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
1904 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
1906 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1907 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1908 so just return success. */
1915 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
1916 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
1920 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
1922 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
1923 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
1925 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
1926 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
1928 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
1929 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1932 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
1933 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
1934 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
1936 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
1938 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
1940 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1941 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
1942 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
1944 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
1945 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
1947 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
1953 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
1954 removed locations above. */
1955 update_global_location_list (0);
1958 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1959 Throws exception on any error.
1960 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1961 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1963 insert_breakpoints (void)
1965 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1967 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
1968 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
1970 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
1972 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1975 update_global_location_list (1);
1977 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
1978 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
1980 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
1981 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1984 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
1987 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1989 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1990 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
1993 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
1994 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
1996 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
1997 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
1999 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2000 there was an error. */
2001 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2003 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2005 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2007 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
2010 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2011 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2012 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2013 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
2014 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
2017 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2019 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2020 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2021 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2022 insert breakpoints. */
2023 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
2024 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2027 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2028 &hw_breakpoint_error
);
2033 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2034 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2035 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2037 int some_failed
= 0;
2038 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2040 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2043 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2046 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2049 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2050 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
2057 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2059 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
2061 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2062 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2063 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2071 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2072 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2073 if (hw_breakpoint_error
)
2075 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2076 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2077 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2079 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2080 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2083 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2086 /* Used when the program stops.
2087 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2088 removing a breakpoint location. */
2091 remove_breakpoints (void)
2093 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2096 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2098 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
2099 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2104 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2107 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
2109 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2111 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2113 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2115 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2120 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2129 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
2131 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2132 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2134 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
2135 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0;
2136 struct inferior
*inf
;
2137 struct thread_info
*tp
;
2139 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
2143 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2144 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
2146 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
2148 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2149 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2151 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2153 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2159 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
);
2162 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2167 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2171 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
2173 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
2174 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
2175 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
2176 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
2177 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
2178 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
2180 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
2183 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
2186 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
2187 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
2191 static struct breakpoint
*
2192 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
2193 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
2194 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
2196 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
2197 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2199 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
2202 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
2203 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
2205 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
2206 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
2207 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
2212 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
2214 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
2216 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
2218 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
2219 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
2221 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
2222 struct minimal_symbol
*overlay_msym
;
2224 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
2225 struct minimal_symbol
*longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
2227 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
2228 struct minimal_symbol
*terminate_msym
;
2230 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
2231 struct minimal_symbol
*exception_msym
;
2234 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
2236 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
2237 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
2239 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
2242 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
2244 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
2247 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
2248 Allocate the data if necessary. */
2250 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
2251 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
2253 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2255 bp_objfile_data
= objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
);
2256 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
2258 bp_objfile_data
= obstack_alloc (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
,
2259 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
2261 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
2262 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
2264 return bp_objfile_data
;
2268 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
2270 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2271 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
2273 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2275 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2276 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2279 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
2281 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
))
2284 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
== NULL
)
2286 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
2288 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
2291 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
2292 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
2295 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
2298 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
2299 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
2301 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
2302 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2304 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
2306 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
2307 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
2311 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2312 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
2315 update_global_location_list (1);
2319 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
2321 struct program_space
*pspace
;
2322 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2324 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
2326 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
2328 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2330 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
2332 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2335 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
2336 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2338 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
2339 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
2342 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
2344 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
2346 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2347 const char *func_name
;
2350 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]))
2353 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
2354 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] == NULL
)
2356 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
2358 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
2361 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2362 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = &msym_not_found
;
2365 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
2368 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
2369 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
2370 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
2371 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2372 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2376 update_global_location_list (1);
2378 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2381 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
2383 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
2385 struct program_space
*pspace
;
2386 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2387 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
2389 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
2391 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
2393 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2396 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
2398 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2400 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2401 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2403 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
2405 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
))
2408 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
== NULL
)
2410 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
2412 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
2413 if (m
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_text
2414 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_file_text
))
2416 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2417 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
2420 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
2423 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
2424 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
2425 bp_std_terminate_master
,
2426 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
2427 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2428 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2432 update_global_location_list (1);
2434 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2437 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
2440 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
2442 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2443 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
2445 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2447 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2448 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
2449 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2452 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
2454 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
))
2457 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
2459 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
== NULL
)
2461 struct minimal_symbol
*debug_hook
;
2463 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
2464 if (debug_hook
== NULL
)
2466 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
2470 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
2473 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
2474 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
2476 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
2477 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
2478 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2479 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2482 update_global_location_list (1);
2486 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
2488 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
2489 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
2491 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
2492 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
2493 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
2494 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
2495 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
2496 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
2497 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
2498 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
2499 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
2500 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
2501 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
2503 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
2505 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
2508 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2509 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
2511 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2515 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2516 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
2518 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2522 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
2523 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
2524 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
2525 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
2526 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
2528 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2532 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
2533 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
2535 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2539 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
2541 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
2542 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
2544 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2548 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2550 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
2551 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
2552 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
2553 a new method, and call this method from here. */
2557 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
2558 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
2559 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
2560 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
2561 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
2562 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
2564 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
2565 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
2566 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
2567 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
2568 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
2569 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
2570 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
2572 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
2573 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
2574 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
2575 let finish_command delete it.
2577 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
2578 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
2579 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
2580 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
2581 solib breakpoints.) */
2583 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
2588 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
2589 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
2591 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
2593 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2597 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
2598 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
2599 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
2600 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
2601 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
2605 detach_breakpoints (int pid
)
2607 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2609 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
2610 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
2612 if (pid
== PIDGET (inferior_ptid
))
2613 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
2615 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
2616 inferior_ptid
= pid_to_ptid (pid
);
2617 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2619 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2623 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
2626 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
2627 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
2629 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2633 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
2634 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
2635 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
2636 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
2637 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
2640 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
2644 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2645 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
2647 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2648 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2651 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2652 This should not ever happen. */
2653 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
2655 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2656 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2658 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
2659 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
2660 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
2662 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2663 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2664 || bl
->section
== NULL
2665 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2667 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
2668 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
2672 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2673 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2674 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2676 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
2677 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
2679 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
2680 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
2681 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2682 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2683 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2685 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2686 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2688 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
2689 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
2692 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
2693 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
2694 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
2695 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
2697 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
2698 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
2699 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
2700 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
2701 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2702 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
2708 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
2713 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
2714 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
2715 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
2716 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
2721 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2723 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2725 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2726 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
2728 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2729 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
2731 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
2732 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
2733 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
2736 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
2737 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
2740 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2741 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
2743 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
2747 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2754 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
2757 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2759 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2760 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
2762 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2763 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2766 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2767 This should not ever happen. */
2768 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
2770 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
2772 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2774 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
2776 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2780 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
2783 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
2785 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2787 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2788 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
2792 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
2793 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
2795 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
2798 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
2799 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
2800 init_wait_for_inferior). */
2805 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
2807 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
2808 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2810 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
2812 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
2814 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))
2817 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2819 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2820 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
2821 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
2825 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
2827 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
2834 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
2835 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
2838 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
2840 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
2842 case bp_shlib_event
:
2844 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
2845 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
2846 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
2847 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
2848 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
2850 (gdb) file prog-linux
2851 (gdb) run # native linux target
2854 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
2855 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
2858 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2862 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
2863 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
2864 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
2866 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
2868 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
2869 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
2870 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2871 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
2873 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
2874 insert_breakpoints. */
2876 value_free (w
->val
);
2887 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
2888 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
2889 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
2890 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
2893 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
2894 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
2895 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
2896 match, not program space. */
2898 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
2899 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
2900 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
2901 permanent breakpoint.
2902 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
2903 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
2904 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
2905 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
2906 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
2908 enum breakpoint_here
2909 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2911 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2912 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
2914 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2916 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2917 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2920 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2921 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
2922 || bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2923 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
2925 if (overlay_debugging
2926 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
2927 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2928 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2929 else if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2930 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
2932 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
2936 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
2939 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
2942 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2944 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2947 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
2948 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
2954 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
2955 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
2956 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
2957 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
2960 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
2963 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2965 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2967 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2968 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2972 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
2974 if (overlay_debugging
2975 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
2976 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2977 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2985 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
2986 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
2989 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2991 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2994 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3000 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3004 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3007 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3009 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3011 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
3015 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
3018 if (overlay_debugging
3019 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3020 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3021 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3027 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3028 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3035 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3036 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
3038 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3040 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3042 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3044 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
3045 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
3048 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3051 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3052 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
3056 /* Check for intersection. */
3057 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
3058 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
3066 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3067 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3070 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
3073 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3074 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
3078 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3080 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3081 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3084 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3085 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3086 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3089 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3092 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
3094 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
3095 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
3096 it is now time to do so. */
3098 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
3099 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
3103 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= 0)
3105 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
3106 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
3107 it is now time to do so. */
3109 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
3110 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= task
)
3114 if (overlay_debugging
3115 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3116 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3117 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3126 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
3130 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
3132 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
3135 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
3139 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
3141 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
3142 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
3143 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
3144 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
3148 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
3149 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
3152 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
3169 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
3170 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
3173 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
3177 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
3182 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3184 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
3185 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
3186 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
3187 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
3188 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
3190 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
3191 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
3195 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
3205 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
3208 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
3213 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
3215 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
3221 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
3222 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
3223 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
3224 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
3226 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
3227 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
3229 Return 1 otherwise. */
3232 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
3234 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3237 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
3239 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
3240 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
3241 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
3242 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
3243 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
3245 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
3247 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
3251 /* See breakpoint.h. */
3254 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
3256 struct thread_info
*tp
;
3259 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3262 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
3266 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3268 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
3270 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
3272 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
3278 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
3281 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
3283 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3285 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
3287 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
3288 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
3289 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
3290 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
3291 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
3295 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
3298 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
3301 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
3303 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
3306 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
3307 or its equivalent. */
3310 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
3312 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0
3313 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q", cmd
->line
) == 0));
3316 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
3317 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
3318 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
3319 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
3321 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
3322 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
3323 bpstat of the current thread. */
3326 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
3329 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3332 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
3334 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
3337 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
3338 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
3340 prevent_dont_repeat ();
3342 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
3345 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
3346 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3348 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
3349 struct command_line
*cmd
;
3350 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
3352 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
3354 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
3355 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
3356 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
3357 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
3358 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
3359 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
3360 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
3361 the tree when we're done. */
3362 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
3363 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
3364 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
3365 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
3366 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
3368 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
3374 execute_control_command (cmd
);
3376 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
3382 /* We can free this command tree now. */
3383 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
3385 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
3387 if (target_can_async_p ())
3388 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
3389 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
3390 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
3393 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
3394 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
3395 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
3396 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
3397 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
3398 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
3399 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
3400 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
3401 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
3402 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
3403 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
3404 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
3405 with the new stop_bpstat. */
3410 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3415 bpstat_do_actions (void)
3417 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
3419 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
3420 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
3421 && target_has_execution
3422 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
3423 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
3424 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
3425 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
3426 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
3427 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
3428 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
3431 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
3434 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
3437 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
3440 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
3443 struct value_print_options opts
;
3444 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
3445 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
3449 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
3450 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
3451 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
3452 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
3455 static enum print_stop_action
3456 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
3458 switch (bs
->print_it
)
3461 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
3462 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3466 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
3467 relevant messages. */
3468 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
3471 case print_it_normal
:
3473 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3475 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
3476 which has since been deleted. */
3478 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3480 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
3481 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
3486 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
3487 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
3492 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
3493 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
3494 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
3495 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
3496 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
3497 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
3498 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
3501 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
3502 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
3503 code to print the location. An example is
3504 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
3506 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
3507 to also print the location part of the message.
3508 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
3509 don't require a location appended to the end.
3510 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
3511 further info to be printed. */
3513 enum print_stop_action
3514 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
3518 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
3519 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
3520 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
3521 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
3522 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3524 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
3525 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
3526 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
3527 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
3531 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
3532 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
3533 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
3534 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
3536 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
3537 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
3538 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
3539 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
3540 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
3543 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
3544 with and nothing was printed. */
3545 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3548 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
3549 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
3550 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
3551 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
3554 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
3556 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3557 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
3559 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3563 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
3566 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
3570 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
3572 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
3573 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
3574 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
3575 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
3576 incref_bp_location (bl
);
3577 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
3578 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
3580 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
3584 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
3585 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
3588 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
3590 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
3592 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3594 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
3596 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
3597 as not triggered. */
3599 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
3601 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3603 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3609 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
3611 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
3612 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
3614 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
3616 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3618 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
3621 return stopped_by_watchpoint
;
3624 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
3625 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
3629 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
3631 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3632 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3634 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3635 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3637 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
3639 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
3640 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
3642 if (newaddr
== start
)
3644 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3648 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
3649 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
3653 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3662 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
3663 because of check_errors). */
3664 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
3665 #define WP_DELETED 1
3666 /* The value has changed. */
3667 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
3668 /* The value has not changed. */
3669 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
3670 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
3673 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
3674 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
3676 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
3679 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
3680 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
3683 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
3685 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
3686 struct watchpoint
*b
;
3687 struct frame_info
*fr
;
3688 int within_current_scope
;
3690 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
3691 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
3692 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3694 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
3695 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
3696 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
3697 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
3700 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
3701 within_current_scope
= 1;
3704 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
3705 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
3706 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
3708 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
3709 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
3710 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
3711 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
3712 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
3713 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
3714 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
3715 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
3716 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
3717 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
3720 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
3721 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
3723 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
3724 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
3725 if (within_current_scope
)
3727 struct symbol
*function
;
3729 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
3730 if (function
== NULL
3731 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
3732 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
3733 within_current_scope
= 0;
3736 if (within_current_scope
)
3737 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
3738 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
3743 if (within_current_scope
)
3745 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
3746 time before we return to the command level and call
3747 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
3748 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
3752 struct value
*new_val
;
3754 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
3755 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
3756 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
3757 a mask watchpoint. */
3758 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
3760 mark
= value_mark ();
3761 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
);
3763 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
3764 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
3765 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
3766 not what we want. */
3767 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
3768 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
3770 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
3772 release_value (new_val
);
3773 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3775 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
3778 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
3782 /* Nothing changed. */
3783 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3784 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
3789 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
3791 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
3792 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
3793 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
3794 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
3795 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
3796 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
3797 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
3798 the first value assigned). */
3799 /* We print all the stop information in
3800 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
3801 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
3802 already. So we have no choice but print the information
3804 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3806 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
3807 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
3808 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
3810 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
3811 which its expression is valid.\n");
3813 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
3814 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
3815 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
3821 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
3822 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
3823 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
3826 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
3827 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
3829 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3831 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
3832 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
3834 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
3837 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
3838 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
3841 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
3843 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
3844 struct watchpoint
*b
;
3846 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
3847 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
3848 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
3849 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3850 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
3853 int must_check_value
= 0;
3855 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
3856 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
3858 must_check_value
= 1;
3859 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
3860 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
3861 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
3863 must_check_value
= 1;
3864 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
3865 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
3866 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
3867 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
3868 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
3869 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
3870 must_check_value
= 1;
3872 if (must_check_value
)
3875 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
3877 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
3878 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
3880 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3884 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3885 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
3889 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3892 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
3893 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
3895 /* There are two cases to consider here:
3897 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
3898 In that case, trust the target, and always report
3899 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
3900 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
3901 have changed since the last time it was read, and
3902 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
3903 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
3906 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
3907 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
3910 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
3911 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
3912 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
3913 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
3915 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
3916 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
3917 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
3920 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
3921 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
3922 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
3923 changes. This still gives false positives when
3924 the program writes the same value to memory as
3925 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
3926 it for a read), but it's much better than
3929 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
3931 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
3933 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
3935 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
3936 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3937 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3939 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
3940 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
3942 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
3943 == watch_triggered_yes
)
3945 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
3951 if (other_write_watchpoint
3952 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
3954 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
3955 and the value changed since the last time we
3956 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
3958 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3963 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
3964 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3965 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
3967 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
3968 the value hasn't changed. */
3969 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3977 /* Error from catch_errors. */
3978 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->base
.number
);
3979 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
3980 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3981 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
3985 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
3987 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
3988 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
3989 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
3990 anything for this watchpoint. */
3991 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3998 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
3999 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
4000 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
4003 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
4005 int thread_id
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
4006 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
4007 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4009 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4010 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
4011 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
4012 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4013 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4015 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
4016 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
4020 int value_is_zero
= 0;
4021 struct expression
*cond
;
4023 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
4024 method implemented. */
4025 if (b
->py_bp_object
)
4026 bs
->stop
= gdbpy_should_stop (b
->py_bp_object
);
4028 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
4030 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4037 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
4039 int within_current_scope
= 1;
4040 struct watchpoint
* w
;
4042 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
4043 be a long time before we return to the command level and
4044 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
4045 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
4047 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4049 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
4050 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4054 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
4055 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
4056 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
4057 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
4058 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
4060 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4061 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
4064 struct frame_info
*frame
;
4066 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
4067 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
4068 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
4069 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
4070 really matter which instantiation of the function
4071 where the condition makes sense triggers the
4072 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
4073 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
4074 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
4075 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
4076 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
4077 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
4078 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
4080 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
4082 select_frame (frame
);
4084 within_current_scope
= 0;
4086 if (within_current_scope
)
4088 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
4089 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
4093 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
4094 "in the current scope"));
4095 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
4096 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
4099 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
4100 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4103 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
4107 else if (b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread_id
)
4111 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
4114 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
4116 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
4118 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
4124 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
4125 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
4127 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
4128 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
4131 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
4133 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
4135 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
4136 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
4137 several reasons concurrently.)
4139 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
4140 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
4143 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4144 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
)
4146 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
4147 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4148 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4149 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
4150 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
4151 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
4154 int need_remove_insert
;
4157 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
4158 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
4159 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
4160 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
4161 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
4162 inferior function calls. */
4166 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4169 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
4171 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
4172 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
4173 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
4174 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
4175 checked all locations already. */
4176 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
4179 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
)
4182 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
4185 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
4188 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
4191 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
4192 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
4193 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
4197 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
4198 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
4199 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
4201 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
4203 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
4205 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4210 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4212 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
4214 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
4215 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
4218 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4222 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
4223 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
4224 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
4228 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4233 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4234 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
4237 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
4242 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
4244 /* We will stop here. */
4245 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
4247 if (b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4248 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
4253 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
4254 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
4255 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
4256 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
4260 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't print. */
4261 if (bs
->stop
== 0 || bs
->print
== 0)
4262 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4266 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
4267 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
4268 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
4270 need_remove_insert
= 0;
4271 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
4272 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4274 && bs
->breakpoint_at
4275 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
4277 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4279 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
4280 need_remove_insert
= 1;
4283 if (need_remove_insert
)
4284 update_global_location_list (1);
4285 else if (removed_any
)
4286 update_global_location_list (0);
4292 handle_jit_event (void)
4294 struct frame_info
*frame
;
4295 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
4297 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4298 breakpoint_re_set. */
4299 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4301 frame
= get_current_frame ();
4302 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4304 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
4306 target_terminal_inferior ();
4309 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
4311 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
4314 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
4316 struct bpstat_what retval
;
4317 /* We need to defer calling `solib_add', as adding new symbols
4318 resets breakpoints, which in turn deletes breakpoint locations,
4319 and hence may clear unprocessed entries in the BS chain. */
4320 int shlib_event
= 0;
4324 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
4325 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
4326 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
4328 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4330 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
4331 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
4332 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
4335 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4337 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
4338 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
4342 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
4349 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4355 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
4357 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4360 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4363 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4364 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4365 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4369 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
4371 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4375 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4376 This requires no further action. */
4381 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
4382 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp
;
4384 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4385 case bp_exception_resume
:
4386 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
4387 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
4389 case bp_step_resume
:
4391 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
4394 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4395 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4398 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
4400 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
4403 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4404 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4407 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4408 case bp_thread_event
:
4409 case bp_overlay_event
:
4410 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4411 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
4412 case bp_exception_master
:
4413 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4419 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
4421 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4425 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4426 This requires no further action. */
4429 case bp_shlib_event
:
4432 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB
4433 of events. This allows the user to get control and place
4434 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically
4435 loaded objects (among other things). */
4436 if (stop_on_solib_events
)
4437 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
4439 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4443 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4446 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4447 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4448 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
4449 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4451 case bp_std_terminate
:
4452 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4453 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4454 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
4455 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4458 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
4459 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
4460 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
4461 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
4463 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4464 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
4466 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
4467 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
4468 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4470 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
4471 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
4472 PC of the former breakpoint. */
4473 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
4476 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4477 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
4480 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
4483 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
4484 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
4489 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_shlib_event\n");
4491 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed
4492 to be adding them automatically. */
4494 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4495 breakpoint_re_set. */
4496 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4499 SOLIB_ADD (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
4501 solib_add (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
4504 target_terminal_inferior ();
4510 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
4512 handle_jit_event ();
4515 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4517 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4523 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
4524 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
4526 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
4527 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
4535 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
4536 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
4537 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
4540 bpstat_should_step (void)
4542 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4545 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
4551 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
4553 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4562 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
4563 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
4564 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
4567 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
4569 static char wrap_indent
[80];
4570 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
4574 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
4576 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
4578 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
4579 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
4580 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
4585 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
4591 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
4594 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4595 struct bp_location
*loc
)
4597 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4598 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
4600 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
4604 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
4606 if (b
->display_canonical
)
4607 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->addr_string
);
4608 else if (loc
&& loc
->source_file
)
4611 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
4614 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
4615 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
4616 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
4617 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
4618 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
4619 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
4621 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", loc
->source_file
);
4622 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
4624 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4626 struct symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (loc
->address
, 0);
4627 char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
);
4630 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
4633 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
4637 struct ui_stream
*stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
4638 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
4640 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
->stream
,
4642 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
4644 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
4647 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
4649 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4653 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
4655 struct ep_type_description
4660 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
4662 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
4663 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
4664 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
4665 {bp_until
, "until"},
4666 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
4667 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
4668 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
4669 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
4670 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
4671 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
4672 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
4673 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
4674 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
4675 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
4676 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
4677 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
4678 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
4679 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
4680 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
4681 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
4682 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
4683 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
4684 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
4685 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
4686 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
4687 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
4688 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
4689 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
4690 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
4691 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
4692 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
4695 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
4696 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
4697 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4698 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
4701 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
4704 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
4707 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4708 struct bp_location
*loc
,
4710 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
4713 struct command_line
*l
;
4714 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
4716 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4717 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
4718 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
4719 struct value_print_options opts
;
4721 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4723 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
4724 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
4725 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
4728 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
4729 header_of_multiple
= 1;
4737 if (part_of_multiple
)
4740 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
4741 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
4746 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
4751 if (part_of_multiple
)
4752 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
4754 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
4758 if (part_of_multiple
)
4759 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
4761 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
4766 if (part_of_multiple
)
4767 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
4769 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
4770 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
4771 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
4775 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
4777 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
4778 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
4779 make sure there's just one location. */
4780 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
4781 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
4787 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4788 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
4792 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4793 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4794 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4796 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4798 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4799 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4800 is relatively readable). */
4801 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4802 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
4804 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
4809 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4813 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4815 case bp_exception_resume
:
4816 case bp_step_resume
:
4817 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
4818 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4820 case bp_std_terminate
:
4821 case bp_shlib_event
:
4822 case bp_thread_event
:
4823 case bp_overlay_event
:
4824 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4825 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
4826 case bp_exception_master
:
4828 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
4829 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
4831 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
4832 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
4833 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4836 if (header_of_multiple
)
4837 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
4838 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
4839 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
4841 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
4842 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
4845 if (!header_of_multiple
)
4846 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
4853 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
4856 && !header_of_multiple
4858 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
4859 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
4860 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
4861 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
4862 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
4863 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
)))
4865 struct inferior
*inf
;
4868 for (inf
= inferior_list
; inf
!= NULL
; inf
= inf
->next
)
4870 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
4875 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
4878 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
4879 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
->num
));
4884 if (!part_of_multiple
)
4886 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
4888 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
4889 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
4890 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
4891 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
4893 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
4895 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
4896 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
4900 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4902 if (!part_of_multiple
)
4903 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
4905 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
4908 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
4909 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
4911 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
4912 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
4913 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4916 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
4919 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
4920 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
4922 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
4923 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
4924 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4927 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
4929 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
4930 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
4931 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
4932 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4935 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
)
4937 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
4938 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b
))
4939 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
4940 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
4941 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
4943 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
4944 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
4945 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
4946 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
4947 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
4949 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
4952 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi.
4953 FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
4954 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4955 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
== 0)
4956 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
4958 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
4961 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
4962 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
4963 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
4966 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
4968 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
4970 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
4972 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
4973 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
4974 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
4978 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
4979 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
4981 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
4984 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
4985 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
4986 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
4989 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
4991 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
4993 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
4995 annotate_field (10);
4996 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
4997 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
4998 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
5002 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
5004 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5006 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5008 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
5010 else if (b
->addr_string
)
5011 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
5016 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5017 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
5020 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
5021 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5023 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
5025 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
5026 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
5028 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
5029 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
5030 locations, if any. */
5031 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
5033 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
5034 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
5035 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
5038 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
5039 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
5041 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
5042 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
5044 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5047 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
5049 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
5050 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
5051 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
5052 do_cleanups (inner2
);
5059 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5061 int print_address_bits
= 0;
5062 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5064 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
5068 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
5069 an address to print. */
5070 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
5073 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
5074 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
5075 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
5078 return print_address_bits
;
5081 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
5087 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
5089 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
5090 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5091 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
5095 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
5097 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
5105 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
5106 char **error_message
)
5108 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
5111 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
5113 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
5114 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
5120 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
5121 internal or momentary. */
5124 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5126 return b
->number
> 0;
5129 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
5130 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
5131 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
5132 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
5133 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
5134 breakpoints listed. */
5137 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
5138 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
5140 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5141 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
5142 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
5143 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
5144 struct value_print_options opts
;
5145 int print_address_bits
= 0;
5146 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
5147 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5149 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5151 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
5152 required for address fields. */
5153 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
5156 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5157 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
5160 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5161 accept. Skip the others. */
5162 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
5164 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
5166 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
5170 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
5172 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
5174 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
5175 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
5176 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
5178 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
5179 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
5180 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
5182 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
5186 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5188 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
5189 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
5193 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
5194 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
5197 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5198 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
5199 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5201 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
5202 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5204 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
5205 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
5206 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5208 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
5209 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5211 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
5212 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5214 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5216 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
5217 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
5218 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5220 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
5221 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5223 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5225 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
5226 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
5227 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5228 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
5233 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5234 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
5237 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5238 accept. Skip the others. */
5240 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
5242 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
5244 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
5247 else /* all others */
5249 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
5253 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
5255 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
5256 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
5259 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
5261 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
5263 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
5267 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
5268 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
5270 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
5271 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
5277 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
5278 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
5281 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
5282 there have been breakpoints? */
5283 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
5285 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
5288 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
5289 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
5292 default_collect_info (void)
5294 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5296 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
5297 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
5299 if (!*default_collect
)
5302 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
5304 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
5305 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
5306 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
5310 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
5312 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
5314 default_collect_info ();
5318 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
5320 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
5321 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5323 if (num_printed
== 0)
5325 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
5326 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
5328 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
5333 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
5335 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
5337 default_collect_info ();
5341 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5342 struct program_space
*pspace
,
5343 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
5345 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
5347 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5349 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
5350 && bl
->address
== pc
5351 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
5357 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
5358 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
5362 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5363 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
5364 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
5367 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5370 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
5371 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
5375 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
5376 else /* if (others == ???) */
5377 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
5379 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
5382 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
5383 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
5384 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
5385 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
5386 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
5387 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
5388 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
5389 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
5391 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
5395 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
5397 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
5398 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
5399 printf_filtered (".\n");
5404 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
5405 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
5406 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
5407 (or use it for any other purpose either).
5409 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
5410 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
5411 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
5412 breakpoint at address zero:
5420 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
5422 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
5424 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
5427 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
5428 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
5431 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
5432 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
5434 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
5435 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
5437 /* Both of them must exist. */
5438 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
5439 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
5441 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
5442 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
5443 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
5444 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
5445 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
5446 other watchpoint. */
5448 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
5450 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
5453 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
5455 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
5459 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
5460 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
5461 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
5462 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
5463 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
5464 become hw_access locations later. */
5465 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
5466 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
5467 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
5468 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
5471 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
5472 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
5473 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
5474 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5477 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
5478 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
5480 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
5481 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
5485 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
5486 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
5487 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
5488 space doesn't really matter. */
5491 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
5492 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
5495 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
5496 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
5497 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
5500 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
5501 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
5502 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
5503 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5506 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
5507 struct address_space
*aspace
,
5510 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
5513 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
5514 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
5518 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
5519 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
5520 true, otherwise returns false. */
5523 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
5524 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
5526 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
5527 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
5528 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
5529 different locations. */
5530 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
5535 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
5536 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
5537 represent the same location. */
5540 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
5541 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
5543 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
5545 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
5546 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
5547 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
5549 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
5550 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
5552 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
5555 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
5556 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
5557 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
5559 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
5560 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
5561 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
5562 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
5566 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
5567 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
5569 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
5570 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
5574 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
5575 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
5577 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
5578 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
5580 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
5583 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
5584 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
5585 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
5586 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
5589 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5590 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
5592 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
5594 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
5597 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
5598 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5599 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
5600 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
5601 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
5603 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
5604 have their addresses modified. */
5609 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
5611 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
5612 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
5613 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
5615 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
5616 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
5618 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
5619 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
5621 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
5626 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
5627 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
5629 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
5631 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
5636 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
5639 switch (owner
->type
)
5645 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5647 case bp_exception_resume
:
5648 case bp_step_resume
:
5649 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5650 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5652 case bp_std_terminate
:
5653 case bp_shlib_event
:
5654 case bp_thread_event
:
5655 case bp_overlay_event
:
5657 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5658 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5659 case bp_exception_master
:
5660 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5661 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5662 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
5664 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5665 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
5667 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5668 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5669 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5670 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
5675 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5676 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5677 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
5680 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
5686 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
5688 static struct bp_location
*
5689 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
5691 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
5695 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5697 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
5701 /* Increment reference count. */
5704 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5709 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
5710 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
5713 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
5715 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
5717 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
5718 free_bp_location (*blp
);
5722 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
5725 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5727 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
5729 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
5730 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
5732 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
5734 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
5743 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
5746 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5747 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5749 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5751 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
5753 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
5757 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
5758 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
5759 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
5761 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5764 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
5766 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
5767 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
5768 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
5769 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
5772 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
5773 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
5775 static struct breakpoint
*
5776 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5778 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5780 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
5782 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
5783 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
5787 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
5788 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
5792 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
5794 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
5796 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
5797 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
5798 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
5802 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &loc
->function_name
,
5803 NULL
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
5805 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
5807 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
5809 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
5810 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (loc
->function_name
,
5811 &loc
->requested_address
))
5813 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
5814 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
5815 loc
->requested_address
,
5818 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
5819 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
5821 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
5822 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
5823 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
5827 if (loc
->function_name
)
5828 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (loc
->function_name
);
5832 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
5834 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
5837 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
5839 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
5844 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
5845 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
5846 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
5848 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5849 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5850 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
5853 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5854 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
5855 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5857 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
5859 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
5861 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
5862 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
5864 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
5865 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
5867 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5868 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
5870 breakpoints_changed ();
5873 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
5874 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
5875 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
5876 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
5877 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
5878 is also returned as the value of this function.
5880 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5881 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5882 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
5883 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
5884 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
5885 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
5886 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
5889 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5890 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
5891 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5893 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
5895 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
5896 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
5901 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
5902 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
5904 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5906 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5908 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
5910 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
5911 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
5912 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
5913 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
5914 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
5915 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5919 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
5920 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
5921 initiated the operation. */
5924 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
5926 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
5927 int thread
= tp
->num
;
5929 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
5930 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
5931 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
5932 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
5933 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
5934 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
5935 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
5936 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
5938 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
5939 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
5941 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
5942 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
5943 clone
->thread
= thread
;
5946 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
5949 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
5951 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
5953 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
5955 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
5956 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
5958 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
5959 delete_breakpoint (b
);
5964 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5966 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5969 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
5971 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5972 update_global_location_list (1);
5973 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
5978 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5980 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5983 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
5985 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5986 update_global_location_list (0);
5987 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
5991 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
5992 master breakpoint. */
5994 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
5996 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
5998 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
5999 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
6000 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
6002 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
6003 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
6007 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
6009 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6011 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6013 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6014 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
6015 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6019 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
6021 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6023 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
6024 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
6026 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6027 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
6029 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
6031 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6037 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
6039 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6041 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6042 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
6043 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
6044 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6047 struct lang_and_radix
6053 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
6056 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
6058 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6060 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
6061 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
6062 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6066 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
6069 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
6071 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6073 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6074 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
6075 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
6076 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6080 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
6082 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6084 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6085 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
6086 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
6087 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6091 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
6093 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6095 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
6096 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
6097 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6101 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
6102 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
6105 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
6107 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
6109 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
6111 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6112 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
6114 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
6115 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
6116 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
6117 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
6118 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
6119 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
6120 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
6121 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6122 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
6123 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
6124 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
6126 && PC_SOLIB (loc
->address
)
6128 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
6132 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
6137 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
6138 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
6142 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
6144 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
6145 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
6147 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
6148 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
6149 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
6150 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
6151 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
6152 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
6155 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
6157 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6158 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
6160 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
6161 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
6162 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6163 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
6164 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6165 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
6166 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
6167 || is_tracepoint (b
))
6168 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
6170 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
6171 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
6172 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
6173 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
6176 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
6177 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
6179 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
6181 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
6182 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
6183 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
6186 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
6191 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
6193 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
6194 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
6195 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
6196 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6197 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6199 struct fork_catchpoint
6201 /* The base class. */
6202 struct breakpoint base
;
6204 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
6205 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
6206 catchpoint has triggered. */
6207 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
6210 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6214 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6216 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6219 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6223 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6225 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6228 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6232 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
6233 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
6235 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
6237 return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid
, &c
->forked_inferior_pid
);
6240 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6243 static enum print_stop_action
6244 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
6246 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6247 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
6248 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
6250 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
6251 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
6252 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6254 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
6255 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6257 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
6258 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
6259 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6261 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
6262 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
6263 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
6264 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
6265 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
6268 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6272 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
6274 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
6275 struct value_print_options opts
;
6276 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6278 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6280 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6281 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6283 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6284 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6286 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
6287 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
6289 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
6290 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
6291 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
6292 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
6296 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6300 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6302 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
6305 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6309 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
6311 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
6312 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
6315 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
6317 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
6319 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6323 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6325 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6328 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6332 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6334 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6337 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6341 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
6342 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
6344 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
6346 return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid
, &c
->forked_inferior_pid
);
6349 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6352 static enum print_stop_action
6353 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
6355 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6356 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
6357 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
6359 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
6360 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
6361 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6363 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
6364 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6366 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
6367 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
6368 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6370 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
6371 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
6372 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
6373 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
6374 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
6377 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6381 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
6383 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
6384 struct value_print_options opts
;
6385 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6387 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6388 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6389 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6391 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6392 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6394 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
6395 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
6397 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
6398 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
6399 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
6400 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
6404 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6408 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6410 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
6413 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6417 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
6419 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
6420 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
6423 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
6425 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
6427 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
6428 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
6429 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
6430 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6431 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6433 struct syscall_catchpoint
6435 /* The base class. */
6436 struct breakpoint base
;
6438 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
6439 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
6440 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
6441 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
6442 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught
;
6445 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6449 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6451 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
6453 VEC_free (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
6455 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
6458 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6462 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6464 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
6465 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
6467 ++inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
6468 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6469 ++inf
->any_syscall_count
;
6475 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6480 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
6482 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
6483 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
6484 = old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
6486 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
6487 vec_addr
= (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
) +
6489 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
6490 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
6492 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
6493 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
6497 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
6498 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
6499 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
6500 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
6501 VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
));
6504 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6508 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6510 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
6511 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
6513 --inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
6514 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6515 --inf
->any_syscall_count
;
6521 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6525 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
6526 /* Shouldn't happen. */
6528 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
6529 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
6533 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
6534 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
6535 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
6536 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
6538 inf
->syscalls_counts
));
6541 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6545 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
6546 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
6548 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
6549 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
6550 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
6551 int syscall_number
= 0;
6552 const struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
6553 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
6555 if (!inferior_has_called_syscall (inferior_ptid
, &syscall_number
))
6558 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
6559 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6564 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6566 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
6576 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6579 static enum print_stop_action
6580 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs
)
6582 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6583 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
6584 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
6585 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6586 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
6587 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
6589 struct target_waitstatus last
;
6593 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
6595 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
6597 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
6599 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
6600 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6602 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
6603 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6605 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
6606 async_reason_lookup (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6607 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6608 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN
));
6609 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6611 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
6613 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
6614 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (call to syscall ");
6616 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (returned from syscall ");
6618 if (s
.name
== NULL
|| ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6619 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "syscall-number", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
6621 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "syscall-name", s
.name
);
6623 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
6625 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
6628 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6632 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6633 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
6635 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
6636 struct value_print_options opts
;
6637 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6639 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6640 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6641 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6643 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6644 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6647 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
6648 && VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
6649 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
6651 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
6653 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6656 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
6659 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6664 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
6667 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
6669 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
6671 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
6672 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
6676 /* Remove the last comma. */
6677 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
6678 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
6681 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
6682 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
6685 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6689 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6691 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
6693 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6697 if (VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
6698 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
6700 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
6703 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6707 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
6710 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
6712 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
6714 printf_filtered (")");
6717 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
6721 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6725 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
6727 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
6729 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch syscall");
6731 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6736 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6741 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
6743 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", s
.name
);
6745 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %d", s
.number
);
6748 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
6751 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
6753 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
6755 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
6758 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6760 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
6763 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
6764 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
6765 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
6766 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
6769 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6770 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
6772 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6774 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
6777 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
6779 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
6781 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
6782 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
6786 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
6788 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
6789 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
6792 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
6795 update_global_location_list (1);
6799 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6800 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
6801 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6803 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
6805 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
6807 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
6809 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
6812 /* Exec catchpoints. */
6814 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
6815 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
6816 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
6817 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6818 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6820 struct exec_catchpoint
6822 /* The base class. */
6823 struct breakpoint base
;
6825 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
6826 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
6828 char *exec_pathname
;
6831 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
6835 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6837 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
6839 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
6841 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
6845 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6847 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6851 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6853 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6857 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
6858 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
6860 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
6862 return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid
, &c
->exec_pathname
);
6865 static enum print_stop_action
6866 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
6868 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6869 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
6870 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
6872 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
6873 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
6874 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6876 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
6877 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6879 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
6880 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
6881 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6883 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
6884 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
6885 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
6886 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
6888 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
6892 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
6894 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
6895 struct value_print_options opts
;
6896 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6898 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6900 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6901 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6902 is relatively readable). */
6903 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6904 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6906 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
6907 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
6909 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
6910 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
6911 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
6916 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6918 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
6921 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
6925 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
6927 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
6928 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
6931 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
6934 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
6935 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6937 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
;
6938 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
6940 c
= XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint
);
6941 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
6942 c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
6944 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
6948 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
6951 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6952 struct bp_location
*bl
;
6956 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
6957 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6959 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
6961 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
6968 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
6972 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6975 struct bp_location
*bl
;
6977 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
6980 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6982 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
6984 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
6990 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
6991 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
6992 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
6993 types _not_ TYPE. */
6996 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
6997 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
7000 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7002 *other_type_used
= 0;
7007 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
7010 if (b
->type
== type
)
7011 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
7012 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
7013 *other_type_used
= 1;
7020 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
7022 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7026 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
7028 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
7029 update_global_location_list (0);
7035 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
7037 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7041 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
7043 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7044 update_global_location_list (1);
7050 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
7052 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
7053 update_global_location_list (0);
7057 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
7059 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
7060 breakpoint_re_set ();
7064 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
7065 at address specified by SAL.
7066 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
7069 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
7070 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
7072 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7074 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
7076 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id
));
7078 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7079 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7080 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
7081 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
7083 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
7084 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
7086 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
7087 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7089 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7094 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
7095 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
7098 static struct breakpoint
*
7099 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
7101 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7103 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
7105 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
7106 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
7107 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
7109 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
7110 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
7111 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
7112 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
7113 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
7115 if (orig
->loc
->source_file
!= NULL
)
7116 copy
->loc
->source_file
= xstrdup (orig
->loc
->source_file
);
7118 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
7119 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
7120 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
7121 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
7123 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7124 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
7125 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
7127 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
7131 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
7135 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
7137 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
7141 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
);
7145 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
7148 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7150 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
7152 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
7153 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
7155 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
7159 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
7162 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7164 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
7165 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
7167 printf_filtered ("\n");
7171 static struct bp_location
*
7172 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7173 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
7175 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
7176 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
7177 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
7179 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
7180 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
7182 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
7183 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
7184 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
7185 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
7186 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
7187 location that's only been partially initialized. */
7188 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
7191 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
7192 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
7196 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
7197 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
7198 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
7199 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
7200 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
7201 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
7203 if (sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
7204 loc
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal
->symtab
->filename
);
7205 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
7207 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
7208 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
7213 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
7214 return 0 otherwise. */
7217 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7221 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
7222 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
7223 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
7226 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
7228 addr
= loc
->address
;
7229 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
7231 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
7235 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
7237 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
7238 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
7239 breakpoints they are permanent. */
7240 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
7242 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
7243 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
7245 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
7246 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
7249 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
7256 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
7257 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
7258 as condition expression. */
7261 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7262 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
7263 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
7264 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
7265 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
7266 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
7267 int enabled
, int internal
, int display_canonical
)
7271 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7273 int target_resources_ok
;
7275 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
7276 target_resources_ok
=
7277 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
7279 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
7280 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
7281 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
7282 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
7285 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
7287 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
7289 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
7290 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7294 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
7296 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7298 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
7299 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
7304 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
7308 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
7309 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
7310 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
7311 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
7313 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
7315 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
7316 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
7318 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
7320 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
7321 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
7322 char *p
= &addr_string
[3];
7326 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
7328 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
7330 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
7331 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
7333 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7335 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
7337 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
7339 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
7340 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
7342 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7344 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
7347 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
7348 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
7355 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7358 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
7359 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
7363 char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
7364 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
7366 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg
);
7370 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
7372 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
7374 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
7377 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
7382 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7383 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
7384 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
7385 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
7386 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
7387 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
7388 int enabled
, int internal
, int display_canonical
)
7390 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7391 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7393 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
7395 struct tracepoint
*t
;
7397 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
7401 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7403 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
7405 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
7407 filter
, cond_string
,
7409 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
7411 enabled
, internal
, display_canonical
);
7412 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
7414 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
7417 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
7418 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
7419 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
7420 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
7421 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
7422 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
7423 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
7424 we take just a single condition string.
7426 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
7427 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
7428 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
7429 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
7430 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
7433 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7434 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
7436 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
7437 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
7438 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
7439 int enabled
, int internal
)
7442 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
7444 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
7445 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
7447 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
7449 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
7450 'break', without arguments. */
7451 char *addr_string
= (canonical
->addr_string
7452 ? xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
)
7454 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
7455 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
7457 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
7458 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
7461 cond_string
, type
, disposition
,
7462 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
7463 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
,
7464 canonical
->special_display
);
7465 discard_cleanups (inner
);
7469 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
7470 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
7471 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
7472 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
7474 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
7475 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
7478 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
7479 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
7481 char *addr_start
= *address
;
7483 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
7485 if ((*address
) == NULL
7486 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
7488 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
7490 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
7492 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
7493 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7495 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
7496 lsal
.sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
7497 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
7499 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
7500 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. */
7501 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
7502 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
7504 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
7505 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
7506 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
7507 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
7508 instances with the same symtab and line. */
7509 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
7511 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
7512 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
7513 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
7515 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
7518 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
7522 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
7523 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
7524 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
7525 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone. */
7526 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
7527 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
7528 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
7529 get_last_displayed_line (),
7530 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
7532 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
7533 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
7534 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
7539 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
7540 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
7543 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
7547 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
7548 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
7551 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
7552 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
7553 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
7554 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
7555 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
7559 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7560 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
7563 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
7565 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7567 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
7569 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
7571 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
7573 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
7574 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
7575 associated with SAL. */
7578 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
,
7580 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
7583 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
7584 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
7586 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7590 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
7591 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
7592 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
7593 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
7594 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
7595 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
7597 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
7598 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
)
7600 *cond_string
= NULL
;
7606 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
7607 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
7609 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
7611 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
7613 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
7615 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
7617 struct expression
*expr
;
7619 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
7620 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
7623 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
,
7624 cond_end
- cond_start
);
7626 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
7632 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
7634 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
7635 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
7636 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread
);
7638 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
7644 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
7646 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
7647 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
7648 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
7651 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7655 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
7657 static struct symtabs_and_lines
7658 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p
)
7660 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
7661 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
7662 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7664 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7665 char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
7670 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
7672 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
7674 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
7675 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
7677 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
7678 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
7679 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
7681 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
7682 sals
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof *sals
.sals
* sals
.nelts
);
7684 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
7686 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
7688 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
7690 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
7692 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
7693 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
7695 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
7698 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7704 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
7705 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
7706 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
7707 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
7708 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
7709 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
7710 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
7711 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
7712 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
7716 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7717 char *arg
, char *cond_string
, int thread
,
7718 int parse_condition_and_thread
,
7719 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
7721 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
7722 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
7723 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
)
7725 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
7726 char *copy_arg
= NULL
;
7727 char *addr_start
= arg
;
7728 struct linespec_result canonical
;
7729 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7730 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
7734 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
7736 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7738 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
7740 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
7742 ops
->create_sals_from_address (&arg
, &canonical
, type_wanted
,
7743 addr_start
, ©_arg
);
7746 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
7750 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
7756 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
7758 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
7761 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
7762 throw_exception (e
);
7764 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
7766 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
7767 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
7768 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
7769 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
7770 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
7773 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
7774 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
7775 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
7776 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
7778 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
7780 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
7781 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (copy_arg
);
7782 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
7783 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
7784 init_sal (&lsal
.sals
.sals
[0]);
7786 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, &lsal
);
7790 throw_exception (e
);
7794 throw_exception (e
);
7797 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
7798 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
7800 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
7801 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
7802 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
7803 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
7804 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
7806 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
7807 are ok for the target. */
7811 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
7813 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
7814 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
7817 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
7818 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
7821 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
7823 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
7824 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
7827 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
7828 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
7832 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
7834 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
7836 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
7838 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
7839 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
7840 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
7841 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
7844 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
7847 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
7851 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
7854 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
7855 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
7859 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
, lsal
,
7860 cond_string
, type_wanted
,
7861 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
7862 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
7863 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
);
7867 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7869 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
7871 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
7873 struct tracepoint
*t
;
7875 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
7879 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7881 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
7883 b
->addr_string
= copy_arg
;
7884 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
7885 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
7886 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
7887 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
7888 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
7889 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
7890 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
7891 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
7893 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
7896 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
7898 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
7899 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
7900 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
7903 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
7905 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
7906 /* But cleanup everything else. */
7907 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7909 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
7910 update_global_location_list (1);
7915 /* Set a breakpoint.
7916 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
7917 condition, and thread.
7918 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
7919 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
7923 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
7925 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
7926 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
7927 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
7930 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
7932 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
7933 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
7934 0 /* Ignore count */,
7935 pending_break_support
,
7936 &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
,
7942 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
7945 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
7949 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
7951 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
7952 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
7953 sal
->line
, sal
->symtab
->filename
);
7956 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
7957 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
7958 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
7959 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
7962 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
7964 struct blockvector
*bv
;
7968 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
7971 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
7974 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
7975 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym
);
7979 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
7980 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
7981 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
7982 happen in assembly source). */
7984 struct minimal_symbol
*msym
;
7985 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
7987 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
7989 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
7991 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
);
7993 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
8000 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8002 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
8006 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8008 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
8012 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8014 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
8018 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8020 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
8024 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8026 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
8027 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
8028 stop at <line>\n"));
8032 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8036 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
8038 else if (*arg
!= '*')
8043 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
8044 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
8045 function/method name. */
8046 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
8048 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
8053 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
8055 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
8059 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
8061 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
8065 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8069 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
8076 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
8077 it is probably a line number. */
8078 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
8080 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
8085 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
8087 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
8091 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
8093 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
8096 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
8097 ranged breakpoints. */
8100 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8101 struct address_space
*aspace
,
8104 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
8105 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
8108 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8109 ranged breakpoints. */
8112 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
8114 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8117 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
8118 ranged breakpoints. */
8120 static enum print_stop_action
8121 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
8123 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8124 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
8125 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8127 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
8129 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8130 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
8132 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
8133 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8134 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
8136 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
8137 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8139 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8140 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
8141 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8143 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8144 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
8146 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8149 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
8150 ranged breakpoints. */
8153 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8154 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8156 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
8157 struct value_print_options opts
;
8158 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8160 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8161 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
8163 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8165 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8166 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
8167 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
8168 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8170 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
8174 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
8175 ranged breakpoints. */
8178 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
8179 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
8181 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
8182 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
8183 struct ui_stream
*stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
8184 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
8188 address_start
= bl
->address
;
8189 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
8191 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
8192 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
->stream
, "[%s, %s]",
8193 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
8194 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
8195 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
8196 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8198 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
8201 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
8202 ranged breakpoints. */
8205 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8207 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
8208 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8211 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
8213 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8216 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
8217 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
8218 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
8221 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8222 ranged breakpoints. */
8225 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8227 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s", b
->addr_string
,
8228 b
->addr_string_range_end
);
8229 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8232 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
8234 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
8236 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
8237 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
8238 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
8239 last instruction of the given line. */
8242 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
8246 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
8247 find the address of the end of the given location. */
8248 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
8255 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
8257 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8259 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
8266 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
8269 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8271 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
8272 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
8273 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
8275 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8276 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
8277 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
8278 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
8280 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
8281 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
8282 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
8284 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8285 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8286 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
8289 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8291 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8292 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
8293 error(_("No address range specified."));
8295 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
8298 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &canonical_start
);
8300 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
8303 error (_("Too few arguments."));
8304 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
8305 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
8307 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
8309 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
8310 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
8311 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8313 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
8314 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
8315 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
8317 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
8318 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8320 /* Parse the end location. */
8322 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
8325 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
8326 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
8327 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
8328 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
8329 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
8330 decode_line_full (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
8331 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
8332 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
8334 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
8336 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
8337 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8339 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
8340 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
8341 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
8342 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8344 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
8345 addr_string_end
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
8346 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_end
);
8348 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
8349 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
8350 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
8352 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
8354 /* Length overflowed. */
8355 error (_("Address range too large."));
8356 else if (length
== 1)
8358 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
8359 the `hbreak' command. */
8360 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
8362 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
8367 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
8368 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
8369 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
8370 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
8371 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
8372 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8373 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (addr_string_start
);
8374 b
->addr_string_range_end
= xstrdup (addr_string_end
);
8375 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
8377 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
8380 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8381 update_global_location_list (1);
8384 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
8385 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
8386 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
8389 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
8397 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
8398 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
8401 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
8411 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
8412 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
8413 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
8414 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
8415 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
8417 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
8433 case TERNOP_SLICE_COUNT
:
8445 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
8448 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
8449 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
8452 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
8453 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
8454 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
8455 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
8457 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
8458 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
8463 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
8465 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
8466 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
8467 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
8468 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
8470 We also have to check for function symbols because they
8471 are always constant. */
8473 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
8475 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
8476 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
8477 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
8482 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
8483 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
8484 then it is not a constant. */
8493 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
8496 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
8498 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
8500 xfree (w
->cond_exp
);
8502 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
8503 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
8504 value_free (w
->val
);
8506 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
8509 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
8512 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8514 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
8516 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
8517 variables, or it can be on local variables.
8519 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
8520 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
8521 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
8522 are loaded and unloaded.
8524 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
8525 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
8526 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
8527 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
8528 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
8529 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
8531 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
8532 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
8533 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
8534 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
8536 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
8537 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
8539 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
8540 reevaluated again when enabled. */
8541 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
8544 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8547 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8549 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8550 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
8552 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
8556 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8559 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8561 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8562 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
8564 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
8569 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8570 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
8572 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
8573 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
8575 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
8576 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
8577 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
8578 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
8579 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
8580 (did not match the data address). */
8581 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
8582 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
8589 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
8591 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
8593 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
8596 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8597 hardware watchpoints. */
8600 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
8602 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8603 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
8605 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
8608 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
8609 hardware watchpoints. */
8612 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
8614 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
8615 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
8618 static enum print_stop_action
8619 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
8621 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
8622 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8623 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
8624 struct ui_stream
*stb
;
8625 enum print_stop_action result
;
8626 struct watchpoint
*w
;
8627 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8629 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
8631 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
8632 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8633 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
8635 stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
8636 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
8641 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
8642 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
8643 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8646 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
8648 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
8649 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
8650 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
8651 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
8652 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
8653 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
->stream
);
8654 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
8655 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8656 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
8657 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
8660 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
8661 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8664 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
8666 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
8667 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
8668 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
->stream
);
8669 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
8670 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8671 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
8674 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
8675 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
8677 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
8678 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8681 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
8683 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
8684 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
8685 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
8686 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
8687 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
8692 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8695 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
8696 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
8697 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
8699 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
->stream
);
8700 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
8701 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8702 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
8705 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
8708 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
8712 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
8716 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8718 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
8719 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
8720 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8725 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
8726 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
8728 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
8729 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
8730 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
8732 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
8733 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
8734 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
8736 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
8737 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
8738 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
8741 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8742 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8745 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
8746 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
8747 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
8748 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
8751 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8755 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8757 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
8762 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
8763 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
8765 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
8766 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
8768 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
8769 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
8772 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8773 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
8776 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
8777 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8780 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
8782 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
8784 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
8785 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8788 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8790 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8792 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
8793 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
8796 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
8797 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8800 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8802 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8804 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
8805 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
8808 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8809 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8812 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
8814 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8816 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
8819 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
8820 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8823 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
8828 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
8829 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8831 static enum print_stop_action
8832 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
8834 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8835 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8837 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
8838 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
8842 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
8843 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
8844 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8847 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
8850 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
8851 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8854 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
8857 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
8858 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8861 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
8864 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8865 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8869 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
8870 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
8871 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
8872 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8874 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
8875 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
8878 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
8879 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8882 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
8883 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
8885 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
8887 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
8888 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
8890 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
8891 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
8892 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8895 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
8896 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8899 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8901 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
8902 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8903 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
8907 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
8908 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
8909 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
8911 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
8912 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
8913 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
8915 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
8916 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
8917 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
8920 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8921 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8924 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
8925 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
8926 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
8927 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
8930 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8931 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8934 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8936 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
8941 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
8942 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
8944 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
8945 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
8947 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
8948 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
8951 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8952 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8955 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
8956 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
8957 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8960 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
8962 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
8964 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
8967 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
8969 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
8972 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
8973 hw_read: watch read,
8974 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
8976 watch_command_1 (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
8977 int just_location
, int internal
)
8979 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
8980 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
8981 struct expression
*exp
;
8982 struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
8983 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
8984 struct frame_info
*frame
;
8985 char *exp_start
= NULL
;
8986 char *exp_end
= NULL
;
8987 char *tok
, *end_tok
;
8989 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
8990 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
8991 enum bptype bp_type
;
8994 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
8995 the hardware watchpoint. */
8998 struct watchpoint
*w
;
9000 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
9001 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
9005 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
9006 of the arguments string. */
9007 for (tok
= arg
+ strlen (arg
) - 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
9009 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
9010 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
9013 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
9014 This is the value of the parameter. */
9015 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
9017 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
9019 /* Skip whitespace. */
9020 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
9025 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
9026 This is the parameter itself. */
9027 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
9030 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
9032 if (toklen
== 6 && !strncmp (tok
, "thread", 6))
9034 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
9035 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
9036 only in a specific thread. */
9040 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
9042 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
9043 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
9045 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
9047 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
9048 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
9050 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
9051 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
9052 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread
);
9054 else if (toklen
== 4 && !strncmp (tok
, "mask", 4))
9056 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
9057 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
9059 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
9062 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
9064 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
9066 mark
= value_mark ();
9067 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
9068 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
9069 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
9072 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
9075 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
9076 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
9081 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
9082 innermost_block
= NULL
;
9084 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0);
9086 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
9087 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
9089 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
9092 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
9093 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
9097 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
9098 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
9100 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
9103 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
9104 mark
= value_mark ();
9105 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
);
9111 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
9112 val
= value_addr (result
);
9113 release_value (val
);
9114 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
9118 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
9121 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
9123 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
9126 else if (val
!= NULL
)
9127 release_value (val
);
9129 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9130 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
9132 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9133 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9135 struct expression
*cond
;
9137 innermost_block
= NULL
;
9138 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9139 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0);
9141 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
9142 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
9143 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
9149 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
9151 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
9152 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
9153 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
9154 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
9156 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
9158 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
9160 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
9161 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
9162 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
9163 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
9164 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
9166 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
9169 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
9170 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
9171 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
9172 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
9174 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9176 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
9177 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
9179 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
9180 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
9182 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
9183 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
9184 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
9185 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
9186 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
9187 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
9188 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
9189 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
9190 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
9194 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9196 w
= XCNEW (struct watchpoint
);
9199 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
9200 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
9202 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
9203 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
9205 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9206 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9208 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
9209 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
9212 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
9213 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
9216 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
9217 name
= type_to_string (t
);
9219 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
9220 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
9223 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
9224 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
9226 /* The above expression is in C. */
9227 b
->language
= language_c
;
9230 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
9234 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
9243 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9249 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
9250 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
9254 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
9255 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
9258 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
9260 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
9261 need to act on them together. */
9262 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
9263 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
9267 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
9269 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9271 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
9272 that should be inserted. */
9273 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
9277 delete_breakpoint (b
);
9278 throw_exception (e
);
9281 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
9284 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
9285 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
9288 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
9290 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
9291 struct value
*head
= v
;
9293 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
9294 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
9297 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
9298 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
9299 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
9300 hardware watchpoint.
9302 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
9303 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
9304 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
9305 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
9306 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
9307 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
9308 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
9309 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
9310 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
9312 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
9313 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
9314 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
9315 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
9316 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
9318 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
9320 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
9321 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
9322 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
9323 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
9324 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
9325 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
9329 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
9330 it with hardware watchpoints. */
9331 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
9333 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
9334 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
9335 middle of some value chain. */
9337 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
9338 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
9340 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
9344 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
9345 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
9346 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
9348 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
9352 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
9356 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
9357 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
9358 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
9359 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
9360 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
9363 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
9364 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
9365 return found_memory_cnt
;
9369 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
9371 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
9374 /* A helper function that looks for an argument at the start of a
9375 string. The argument must also either be at the end of the string,
9376 or be followed by whitespace. Returns 1 if it finds the argument,
9377 0 otherwise. If the argument is found, it updates *STR. */
9380 check_for_argument (char **str
, char *arg
, int arg_len
)
9382 if (strncmp (*str
, arg
, arg_len
) == 0
9383 && ((*str
)[arg_len
] == '\0' || isspace ((*str
)[arg_len
])))
9391 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
9392 calls watch_command_1. */
9395 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
9397 int just_location
= 0;
9400 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
9401 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
9403 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9407 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
9411 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9413 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
9417 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
9419 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
9423 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9425 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
9429 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
9431 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
9435 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9437 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
9441 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
9442 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
9444 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
9446 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
9447 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
9451 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
9452 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
9453 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
9456 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
, int err
)
9458 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
9460 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
9462 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
9463 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
9467 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
9469 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9470 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9471 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
9472 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
9473 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
9474 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9476 struct thread_info
*tp
;
9478 clear_proceed_status ();
9480 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
9483 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9484 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9485 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9486 get_last_displayed_line ());
9488 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9489 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
9491 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
9492 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
9495 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
9498 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9500 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
9503 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
9504 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
9505 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
9506 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
9508 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
9509 only at the very same frame. */
9510 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
9511 get_stack_frame_id (frame
),
9514 old_chain
= make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
9516 tp
= inferior_thread ();
9519 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
9522 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
9524 sal
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
9525 sal
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
9526 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
9528 frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
),
9530 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
9532 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
));
9533 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
9536 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
9538 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
9539 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
9540 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
9541 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
9543 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
9545 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
9546 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
9548 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
9549 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
9550 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
9552 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9553 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
9554 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
9558 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9561 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
9562 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
9564 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
9565 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
9566 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
9567 if clause in the arg string. */
9570 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
9574 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
9577 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
9580 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
9581 condition string. */
9582 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
9585 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
9587 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
9592 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
9593 process start/exit, etc. */
9597 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
9598 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
9603 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
9604 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
9606 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
9607 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
9608 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
9611 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
9612 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
9613 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
9617 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9619 /* The allowed syntax is:
9621 catch [v]fork if <cond>
9623 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9624 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
9626 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
9627 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9629 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
9630 and enable reporting of such events. */
9633 case catch_fork_temporary
:
9634 case catch_fork_permanent
:
9635 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
9636 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
9638 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
9639 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
9640 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
9641 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
9644 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
9650 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
9651 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
9653 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
9654 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
9656 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
9658 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
9662 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9664 /* The allowed syntax is:
9666 catch exec if <cond>
9668 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9669 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
9671 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
9672 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9674 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
9675 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
9676 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
9677 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
9679 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
9682 static enum print_stop_action
9683 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs
)
9685 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9686 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9687 int bp_temp
, bp_throw
;
9689 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
9691 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
9692 if (b
->loc
->address
!= b
->loc
->requested_address
)
9693 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b
->loc
->requested_address
,
9696 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
9698 bp_temp
? "Temporary catchpoint "
9700 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9701 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
9703 bp_throw
? " (exception thrown), "
9704 : " (exception caught), ");
9705 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9707 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
9708 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9709 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
9710 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
9712 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9716 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9717 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
9719 struct value_print_options opts
;
9720 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9722 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
9723 if (opts
.addressprint
)
9726 if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
9727 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
9729 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
9730 b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
);
9735 if (strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
)
9736 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception throw");
9738 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception catch");
9742 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9744 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9748 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
9749 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
9750 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_temp
? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
9751 : _("Catchpoint "));
9752 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
9753 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_throw
? _(" (throw)")
9757 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
9758 catch catchpoints. */
9761 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9767 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
9768 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
9769 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, bp_temp
? "tcatch " : "catch ");
9770 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, bp_throw
? "throw" : "catch");
9771 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
9774 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
;
9777 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
9778 enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, int from_tty
)
9780 char *trigger_func_name
;
9782 if (ex_event
== EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
9783 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_begin_catch";
9785 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_throw";
9787 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9788 trigger_func_name
, cond_string
, -1,
9789 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
9790 tempflag
, bp_breakpoint
,
9792 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
/* pending */,
9793 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
, from_tty
,
9800 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
9803 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, char *arg
,
9804 int tempflag
, int from_tty
)
9806 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
9810 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9812 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
9814 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
9815 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9817 if (ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_THROW
9818 && ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
9819 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
9821 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag
, cond_string
, ex_event
, from_tty
))
9824 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
9827 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
9830 catch_catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
9832 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
9834 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
9837 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
9840 catch_throw_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
9842 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
9844 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
9848 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9849 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9850 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
9852 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9858 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9860 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9862 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9863 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
9864 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
9865 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
9866 used for different exception names will use the same address.
9867 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
9868 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
9869 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
9870 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
9871 enough for now, though. */
9874 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
9876 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9877 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9878 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
9879 b
->language
= language_ada
;
9882 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
9883 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
9885 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
9887 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
9888 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result
);
9890 while (*arg
!= '\0')
9892 int i
, syscall_number
;
9897 /* Skip whitespace. */
9898 while (isspace (*arg
))
9901 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
9902 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
9906 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
9907 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
9908 if (*endptr
== '\0')
9909 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
9912 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
9914 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
9916 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
9917 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
9918 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
9919 syscall number to be caught. */
9920 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
9923 /* Ok, it's valid. */
9924 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
9927 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
9931 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
9934 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
9935 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
9940 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
9942 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
9943 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
9944 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
9945 this architecture yet."));
9947 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
9949 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9951 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
9952 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
9953 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
9954 for his/her architecture. */
9955 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
9957 /* The allowed syntax is:
9959 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
9961 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
9964 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
9968 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
9969 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
9973 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9975 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
9980 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9982 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
9985 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
9988 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
9990 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= a
;
9991 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
9992 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= b
;
9993 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
9995 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
9997 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
10000 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
10004 return ub
> ub
? 1 : 0;
10007 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
10010 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10012 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
10013 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
10016 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
10017 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
10019 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
10023 sals
= decode_line_spec (arg
, (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
10024 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
10029 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
10030 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
10031 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
10032 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
10034 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
10035 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
10036 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
10037 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
10038 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
10039 error (_("No source file specified."));
10041 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
10047 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
10048 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
10049 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
10050 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
10052 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
10053 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
10054 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
10055 due to optimization, all in one block.
10057 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
10058 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
10059 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
10060 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
10061 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
10062 to support that. */
10064 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
10065 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
10066 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
10070 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
10071 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
10073 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
10074 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
10075 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
10078 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
10083 1 0 <can't happen> */
10085 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
10087 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
10088 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
10091 /* Are we going to delete b? */
10092 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
10094 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
10095 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
10097 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
10098 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
10099 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
10101 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
10102 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
10103 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
10104 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
10105 int line_match
= ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
10106 && loc
->source_file
!= NULL
10107 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
10108 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
10109 && filename_cmp (loc
->source_file
,
10110 sal
.symtab
->filename
) == 0
10111 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
);
10112 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
10121 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
10125 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
10126 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
10129 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
10131 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
10134 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
10135 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
10136 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
10137 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
10138 compare_breakpoints
);
10139 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
10140 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
10144 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
10149 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
10150 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
10153 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
10154 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
10156 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
10158 breakpoints_changed ();
10160 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
10163 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
10164 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10167 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
10169 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
10172 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
10173 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
10174 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
10177 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
10179 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
10181 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
10182 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
10183 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
10185 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
10187 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
10189 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
10190 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10194 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
10195 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
10196 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
10197 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
10198 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
10199 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
10202 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
10204 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
10205 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
10206 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
10207 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
10208 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
10210 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
10211 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
10213 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
10214 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
10215 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
10217 /* Make the user-visible order stable across GDB runs. Locations of
10218 the same breakpoint can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
10220 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
10221 return (a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
10222 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
);
10224 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
10227 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
10228 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
10229 content of the bp_location array. */
10232 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
10234 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
10236 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
10237 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
10239 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
10241 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
10243 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
10246 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
10247 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
10249 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
10250 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
10251 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
10252 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
10254 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
10256 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
10257 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
10258 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
10259 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
10263 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
10266 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
10268 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
10269 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10271 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
10274 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
10276 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
10278 struct tracepoint
*t
;
10280 if (!is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
10283 if ((bl
->owner
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
10284 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
10285 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
10288 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
10289 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
10290 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
10291 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
10294 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
10296 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
10299 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10300 t
->number_on_target
= bl
->owner
->number
;
10303 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10306 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
10309 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
10311 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
10312 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
10313 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
10315 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
10316 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
10317 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
10318 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
10319 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
10321 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
10322 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
10323 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
10324 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
10325 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
10326 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
10329 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
10330 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
10331 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
10332 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
10333 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
10334 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
10335 returns true on them.
10337 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
10338 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
10339 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
10340 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
10341 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
10342 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
10345 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
10347 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10348 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
10349 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
10351 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
10352 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
10353 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
10354 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
10355 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
10357 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
10358 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
10359 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
10360 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
10362 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
10363 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
10364 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
10365 unsigned old_location_count
;
10367 old_location
= bp_location
;
10368 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
10369 bp_location
= NULL
;
10370 bp_location_count
= 0;
10371 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
10373 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
10374 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
10375 bp_location_count
++;
10377 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
10378 locp
= bp_location
;
10379 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
10380 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
10382 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
10383 bp_location_compare
);
10385 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
10387 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
10388 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
10389 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
10390 if there's another location at the same address (previously
10391 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
10394 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
10395 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
10397 locp
= bp_location
;
10398 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
10401 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
10402 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
10404 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
10405 not, we have to free it. */
10406 int found_object
= 0;
10407 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
10408 int keep_in_target
= 0;
10411 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
10412 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
10413 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
10414 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
10418 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
10419 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
10422 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
10429 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
10430 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
10431 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
10432 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
10433 at certain location is not inserted. */
10435 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
10437 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
10440 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
10442 /* The location is still present in the location list,
10443 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
10444 keep_in_target
= 1;
10448 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
10449 disabled. See if there's another location at the
10450 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
10451 this one from the target. */
10453 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
10454 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
10457 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
10458 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
10461 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
10463 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
10465 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
10466 access watchpoints, if the former are not
10467 supported, but the latter are. */
10468 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
10470 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
10471 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
10474 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
10475 if it should be inserted in case it will be
10477 if (loc2
!= old_loc
10478 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
10480 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
10481 keep_in_target
= 1;
10489 if (!keep_in_target
)
10491 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
10493 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
10494 this location on the global list, and try to
10495 remove it next time, but there's no particular
10496 reason why we will succeed next time.
10498 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
10499 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
10500 only after calling us. */
10501 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
10502 "breakpoint %d\n"),
10503 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
10511 if (removed
&& non_stop
10512 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
10513 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
10515 /* This location was removed from the target. In
10516 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
10517 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
10518 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
10519 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
10520 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
10521 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
10522 after we see some number of events. The theory here
10523 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
10524 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
10525 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
10526 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
10527 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
10528 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
10531 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
10532 decr_pc_after_break targets.
10534 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
10535 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
10536 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
10537 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
10538 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
10539 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
10540 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
10541 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
10542 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
10543 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
10544 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
10545 targets that do not support new thread events, like
10546 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
10549 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
10550 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
10551 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
10552 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
10554 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
10555 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
10556 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
10557 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
10558 traps we can no longer explain. */
10560 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
10561 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
10563 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
10567 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
10568 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
10573 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
10574 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
10575 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
10576 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
10577 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
10578 are sorted first for the same address.
10580 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
10581 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
10583 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
10584 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
10585 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
10586 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
10587 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
10589 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
10591 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
10594 if (!should_be_inserted (loc
)
10595 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
10596 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
10597 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
10598 `struct bp_location'. */
10599 || is_tracepoint (b
))
10602 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
10603 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
10604 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10605 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
10606 "actually inserted"));
10608 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
10609 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
10610 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
10611 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
10612 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
10613 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
10615 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
10617 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
10618 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
10619 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
10621 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
10622 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
10627 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
10628 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
10629 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
10631 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
10632 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
10634 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
10635 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
10636 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10637 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
10638 "a permanent breakpoint"));
10641 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
10642 && (have_live_inferiors ()
10643 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))))
10644 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
10647 download_tracepoint_locations ();
10649 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
10653 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
10655 struct bp_location
*loc
;
10658 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
10659 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
10661 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
10662 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
10668 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
10670 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
10672 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
10673 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
10676 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
10679 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
10683 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
10684 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
10686 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
10687 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
10688 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
10692 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
10694 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
10696 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
10698 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
10702 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
10706 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10708 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10709 struct value_print_options opts
;
10711 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10713 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
10715 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
10717 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
10721 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->source_file
== NULL
)
10723 printf_filtered (" at ");
10724 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
10727 if (b
->loc
->source_file
)
10729 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
10731 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
10732 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
10733 b
->loc
->source_file
, b
->loc
->line_number
);
10735 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
10736 different file name, and this at least reflects the
10737 real situation somewhat. */
10738 printf_filtered (": %s.", b
->addr_string
);
10743 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
10745 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
10747 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
10752 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
10755 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
10757 xfree (self
->cond
);
10758 xfree (self
->function_name
);
10759 xfree (self
->source_file
);
10762 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
10767 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
10771 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10773 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
10774 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
10775 xfree (self
->addr_string
);
10776 xfree (self
->filter
);
10777 xfree (self
->addr_string_range_end
);
10780 static struct bp_location
*
10781 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10783 struct bp_location
*loc
;
10785 loc
= XNEW (struct bp_location
);
10786 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
10791 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10793 /* Nothing to re-set. */
10796 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
10797 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
10800 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10802 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10806 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10808 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10812 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10813 struct address_space
*aspace
,
10816 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10820 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
10825 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
10829 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10831 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10834 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
10838 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10840 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10843 static enum print_stop_action
10844 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
10846 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10850 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
10851 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10857 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10859 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10863 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10865 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10869 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
10870 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
10871 enum bptype type_wanted
,
10875 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10879 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
10880 struct linespec_result
*c
,
10881 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
10883 enum bptype type_wanted
,
10884 enum bpdisp disposition
,
10886 int task
, int ignore_count
,
10887 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
10888 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
10891 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10895 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
10896 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
10898 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10901 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
10903 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
10904 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
10905 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
10906 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
10907 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
10908 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
10909 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
10910 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
10911 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
10912 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
10914 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
10915 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
10916 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
10917 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address
,
10918 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
10919 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec
,
10922 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
10925 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10927 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
10928 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
10930 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
10931 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10935 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
10939 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10941 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
10942 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
10945 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
10950 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10952 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
10953 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
10955 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
10959 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10960 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
10962 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10964 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
10968 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
10969 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
10970 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
10977 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10979 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10984 static enum print_stop_action
10985 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
10987 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10988 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
10990 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10992 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10994 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
10995 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10997 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
10998 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
10999 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
11002 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
11004 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
11006 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
11007 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11009 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
11010 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
11011 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
11013 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
11014 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
11016 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
11020 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11022 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
11027 case bp_breakpoint
:
11028 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
11029 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
11030 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
11032 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
11033 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
11034 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
11035 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
11037 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
11038 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
11046 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
11048 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
11049 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
11050 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
11051 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
11052 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
11053 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
11054 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
11055 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
11056 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
11058 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11059 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
11061 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
11062 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
11066 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
11067 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
11068 enum bptype type_wanted
,
11069 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
11071 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
11072 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
11076 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11077 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
11078 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
11080 enum bptype type_wanted
,
11081 enum bpdisp disposition
,
11083 int task
, int ignore_count
,
11084 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11085 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
11088 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
, lsal
,
11089 cond_string
, type_wanted
,
11090 disposition
, thread
, task
,
11091 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
11092 enabled
, internal
);
11096 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
11097 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
11099 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
11102 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
11105 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11109 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
11110 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
11111 case bp_overlay_event
:
11112 case bp_longjmp_master
:
11113 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
11114 case bp_exception_master
:
11115 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11118 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
11119 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
11120 case bp_shlib_event
:
11122 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
11123 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
11124 case bp_thread_event
:
11130 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
11132 /* We do not stop for these. */
11136 static enum print_stop_action
11137 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
11139 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11140 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11142 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
11146 case bp_shlib_event
:
11147 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
11148 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
11149 to shlib event" message.) */
11150 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
11151 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11152 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
11153 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
11156 case bp_thread_event
:
11157 /* Not sure how we will get here.
11158 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
11159 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11162 case bp_overlay_event
:
11163 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
11164 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11167 case bp_longjmp_master
:
11168 /* These should never be enabled. */
11169 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11172 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
11173 /* These should never be enabled. */
11174 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
11175 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
11178 case bp_exception_master
:
11179 /* These should never be enabled. */
11180 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
11181 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
11185 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
11189 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11191 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
11194 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
11197 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11199 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
11200 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
11201 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
11202 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
11206 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
11208 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
11211 static enum print_stop_action
11212 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
11214 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11216 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11218 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
11223 ui_out_field_string
11225 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
11229 ui_out_field_string
11231 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
11236 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
11240 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11242 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
11245 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
11248 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11250 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
11254 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
11255 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
11257 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
11263 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
11264 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
11266 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
11267 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
11269 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
11271 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
11272 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
11273 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
11274 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11279 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11281 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
11286 case bp_tracepoint
:
11287 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
11288 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
11290 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
11291 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
11292 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
11294 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
11295 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
11296 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
11299 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11300 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
11307 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
11309 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
11311 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
11312 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
11313 if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
11314 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
11315 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
11316 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
11318 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11319 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
11321 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->addr_string
);
11322 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
11324 if (tp
->pass_count
)
11325 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
11329 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
11330 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
11331 enum bptype type_wanted
,
11332 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
11334 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
11335 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
11339 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11340 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
11341 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
11343 enum bptype type_wanted
,
11344 enum bpdisp disposition
,
11346 int task
, int ignore_count
,
11347 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11348 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
11351 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
, lsal
,
11352 cond_string
, type_wanted
,
11353 disposition
, thread
, task
,
11354 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
11355 enabled
, internal
);
11359 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
11360 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
11362 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
11365 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11367 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
11371 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
11372 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
11373 enum bptype type_wanted
,
11374 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
11376 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
11378 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg
);
11380 *copy_arg
= savestring (addr_start
, *arg
- addr_start
);
11382 canonical
->addr_string
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
11383 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
11384 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
11388 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11389 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
11390 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
11392 enum bptype type_wanted
,
11393 enum bpdisp disposition
,
11395 int task
, int ignore_count
,
11396 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11397 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
11402 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
11403 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
11404 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
11405 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
11406 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
11407 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
11409 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
11411 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
11412 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
11413 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11416 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
11417 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
11419 addr_string
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
11420 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
11422 tp
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
11423 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
11425 cond_string
, type_wanted
, disposition
,
11426 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
11427 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
,
11428 canonical
->special_display
);
11429 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
11430 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
11431 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
11432 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
11433 try to match up which of the newly found markers
11434 corresponds to this one */
11435 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
11437 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
11439 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11444 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
11445 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
11447 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
11449 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s
);
11450 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
11452 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
11456 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
11459 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
11462 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11464 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
11467 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
11471 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
11473 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11475 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
11477 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
11478 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
11481 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
11482 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
11483 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
11484 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
11485 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
11488 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
11489 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
11490 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
11491 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
11493 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
11496 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
11497 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
11498 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
11500 struct breakpoint
*related
;
11501 struct watchpoint
*w
;
11503 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
11504 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
11505 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
11506 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
11510 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
11512 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
11513 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
11514 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
11515 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
11516 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
11519 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
11520 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
11521 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
11522 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
11524 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
11526 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
11527 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
11529 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11530 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
11532 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
11536 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
11538 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
11539 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
11540 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
11541 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
11542 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
11543 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
11544 commands won't work. */
11546 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
11548 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
11549 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
11550 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
11551 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
11552 might be better design to have location completely
11553 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
11554 update_global_location_list (0);
11556 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
11557 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
11558 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
11559 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
11564 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
11566 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11570 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11572 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
11575 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
11576 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
11579 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11580 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
11584 struct breakpoint
*related
;
11589 struct breakpoint
*next
;
11591 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
11592 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
11594 if (next
== related
)
11596 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
11597 function (related
, data
);
11599 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
11600 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
11605 function (related
, data
);
11609 while (related
!= b
);
11613 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
11615 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11618 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
11619 delete_breakpoint. */
11622 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
11624 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
11628 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11630 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11636 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
11638 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
11639 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
11640 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
11641 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11642 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
11644 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
11648 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
11650 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
11652 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11653 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
11654 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11658 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
11662 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
11664 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11665 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
11666 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
11671 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
11672 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
11673 Null names are ignored. */
11676 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
11678 struct bp_location
*l
;
11679 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
11680 (int (*) (const void *,
11681 const void *)) streq
,
11682 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
11684 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
11687 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
11689 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
11693 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
11695 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
11699 htab_delete (htab
);
11705 htab_delete (htab
);
11709 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
11710 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
11711 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
11712 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
11713 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
11714 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
11715 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
11716 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
11719 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
11720 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
11721 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
11722 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
11723 in the sources, and output a warning.
11725 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
11726 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
11727 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
11728 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
11729 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
11732 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
11733 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
11734 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
11735 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
11736 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
11737 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
11738 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
11739 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
11740 precisely because it confuses tools). */
11742 static struct symtab_and_line
11743 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
11745 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
11746 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
11752 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
11754 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
11756 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
11757 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
11759 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
11761 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
11762 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
11763 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
11768 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
11770 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
11772 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
11773 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
11775 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
11778 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
11780 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
11782 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11783 struct symbol
*sym
;
11784 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
11785 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11787 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
11789 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
11790 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
11792 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
11793 "found at previous line number"),
11794 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
11798 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
11800 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
11801 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
11802 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
11805 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
11806 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
11807 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
11809 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", sal2
.symtab
->filename
);
11810 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
11812 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11814 char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
11817 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
11820 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal2
.line
);
11821 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11823 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
11825 xfree (b
->loc
->source_file
);
11827 b
->loc
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal2
.symtab
->filename
);
11829 b
->loc
->source_file
= NULL
;
11831 xfree (b
->addr_string
);
11832 b
->addr_string
= xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
11833 sal2
.symtab
->filename
,
11834 b
->loc
->line_number
);
11836 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
11839 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
11845 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
11846 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
11849 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
11853 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11856 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
11859 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
11866 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
11872 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
11873 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
11874 a ranged breakpoint. */
11877 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11878 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
11879 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
11882 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
11884 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
11886 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
11888 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
11889 update_global_location_list (1);
11890 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
11891 "multiple locations found\n"),
11896 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
11897 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
11898 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
11899 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
11900 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
11901 individual locations. */
11902 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
11907 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
11909 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
11911 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
11913 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
11915 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
11917 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
11920 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
11922 s
= b
->cond_string
;
11923 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
11925 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
11930 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
11931 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
11932 b
->number
, e
.message
);
11933 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
11937 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
11939 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
11941 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
11945 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
11946 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
11947 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
11949 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
11952 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
11953 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
11954 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
11955 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
11956 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
11957 often enough until a better solution is found. */
11958 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
11960 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
11962 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
11964 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
11965 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
11967 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
11968 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
11976 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
11977 if (l
->function_name
11978 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
11988 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
11989 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
11991 update_global_location_list (1);
11994 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
11995 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
11997 static struct symtabs_and_lines
11998 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *addr_string
, int *found
)
12001 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
12002 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
12004 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
12007 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12009 b
->ops
->decode_linespec (b
, &s
, &sals
);
12013 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
12014 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
12015 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
12016 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
12017 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
12018 state, then user already saw the message about that
12019 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
12021 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
12022 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
12023 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
12024 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
12025 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
12026 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
12028 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
12030 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
12031 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
12032 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
12033 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
12034 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
12035 which approach is better. */
12036 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
12037 throw_exception (e
);
12041 if (e
.reason
== 0 || e
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
12045 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
12046 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
12047 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
12049 char *cond_string
= 0;
12053 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
12054 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
);
12056 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
12057 b
->thread
= thread
;
12059 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
12062 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
12063 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
12073 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
12074 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
12078 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12081 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
12082 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
12083 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
12085 sals
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string
, &found
);
12088 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
12092 if (b
->addr_string_range_end
)
12094 sals_end
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string_range_end
, &found
);
12097 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
12098 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
12102 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
12105 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
12106 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
12109 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg
,
12110 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12111 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12112 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
12114 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg
, canonical
);
12117 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
12118 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
12122 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12123 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12124 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
12126 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12127 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12129 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12130 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12131 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12134 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
12135 type_wanted
, disposition
,
12136 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12137 enabled
, internal
);
12140 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
12141 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
12144 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
12145 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12147 struct linespec_result canonical
;
12149 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
12150 decode_line_full (s
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
12151 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
12152 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
12155 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
12156 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
12158 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
12160 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
12162 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
12163 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
12164 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
12166 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
12169 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
12172 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
12174 static struct cleanup
*
12175 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12177 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12179 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
12180 cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12181 if (b
->pspace
!= NULL
)
12182 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
12183 set_language (b
->language
);
12188 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
12189 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
12190 Unused in this case. */
12193 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
12195 /* Get past catch_errs. */
12196 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
12197 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12199 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
12200 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
12201 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12205 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
12207 breakpoint_re_set (void)
12209 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12210 enum language save_language
;
12211 int save_input_radix
;
12212 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12214 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
12215 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
12216 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
12218 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12220 /* Format possible error msg. */
12221 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
12223 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
12224 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
12225 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12227 set_language (save_language
);
12228 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
12230 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
12232 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12234 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
12235 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
12236 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
12237 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
12239 /* While we're at it, reset the skip list too. */
12243 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
12245 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
12246 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
12248 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12250 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
12252 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
12253 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
12255 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
12256 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
12257 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
12259 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
12263 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
12264 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
12265 which ends with a period (no newline). */
12268 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
12270 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12275 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12276 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
12278 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
12280 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
12281 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
12286 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
12290 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
12291 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
12293 else if (count
== 1)
12294 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
12297 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
12298 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
12301 breakpoints_changed ();
12302 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12306 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
12309 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
12312 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12318 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
12320 num
= get_number (&p
);
12322 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
12324 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
12326 set_ignore_count (num
,
12327 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
12330 printf_filtered ("\n");
12333 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
12334 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
12337 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
12342 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
12344 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
12347 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
12349 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
12351 while (!state
.finished
)
12353 char *p
= state
.string
;
12357 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
12360 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
12364 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
12365 if (b
->number
== num
)
12368 function (b
, data
);
12372 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
12377 static struct bp_location
*
12378 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
12380 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
12384 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12385 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12390 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
12392 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
12394 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12395 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
12400 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
12401 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
12404 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
12406 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
12410 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
12413 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
12419 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
12420 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
12421 which ends with a period (no newline). */
12424 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12426 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
12427 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
12428 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
12429 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
12432 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
12433 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
12436 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
12438 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12439 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
12441 struct bp_location
*location
;
12443 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
12444 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
12447 update_global_location_list (0);
12449 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
12452 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
12455 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
12457 disable_breakpoint (b
);
12460 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
12461 disable_breakpoint. */
12464 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
12466 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
12470 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12474 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
12476 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
12477 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
12478 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
12480 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
12482 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
12486 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12487 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
12488 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
12489 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
12491 update_global_location_list (0);
12494 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
12498 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
)
12500 int target_resources_ok
;
12502 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12505 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
12506 target_resources_ok
=
12507 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
12509 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
12510 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
12511 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
12512 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
12515 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
12517 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
12518 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= 0;
12519 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
12521 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
12523 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
12525 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
12526 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
12527 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
12531 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
12532 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
12538 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
12539 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
12541 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12542 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
12544 struct bp_location
*location
;
12546 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
12547 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
12550 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
12551 update_global_location_list (1);
12552 breakpoints_changed ();
12554 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
12559 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12561 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
);
12565 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
12567 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
12570 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
12571 enable_breakpoint. */
12574 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
12576 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
12579 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
12580 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
12581 in stopping the inferior. */
12584 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12588 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
12590 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
12591 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
12592 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
12594 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
12596 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
12600 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12601 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
12602 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
12603 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
12605 update_global_location_list (1);
12608 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
12612 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
12614 enum bpdisp disp
= *(enum bpdisp
*) arg
;
12616 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp
);
12620 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
12622 enum bpdisp disp
= disp_disable
;
12624 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
12628 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12630 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
12634 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
12636 enum bpdisp disp
= disp_del
;
12638 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
12642 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12644 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
12648 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12653 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12657 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
12658 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
12662 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
,
12663 const bfd_byte
*data
)
12665 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
12667 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
12668 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
12669 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12671 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
12673 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
12675 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12677 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12678 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
12679 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
12680 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
12682 value_free (wp
->val
);
12690 /* Use the last displayed codepoint's values, or nothing
12691 if they aren't valid. */
12693 struct symtabs_and_lines
12694 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string
, int flags
)
12696 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
12699 error (_("Empty line specification."));
12700 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
12701 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, flags
,
12702 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
12703 get_last_displayed_line ());
12705 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, flags
, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
12707 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string
);
12711 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
12712 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
12713 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
12714 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
12718 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12719 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
12721 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
12723 bp_tgt
= XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info
);
12725 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
12726 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
12728 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
12730 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
12738 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
12739 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
12742 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
12744 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
12747 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
12753 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
12756 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
12757 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
12759 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
12762 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12763 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12768 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
12770 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
12771 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
12775 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
12776 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
12777 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
12780 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
12781 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
12782 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
12783 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
12784 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
12785 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
12787 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
12788 if (*bpt_p
== NULL
)
12789 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
12790 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
12793 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
12794 were inserted or not. */
12797 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
12799 return (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
12800 || single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
);
12803 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
12806 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12808 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
12810 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
12812 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
12813 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
12814 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
12815 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
12817 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
12819 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
12820 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
12821 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
12822 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
12826 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
12827 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
12828 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
12832 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12836 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
12837 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
12839 xfree (single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
12840 single_step_breakpoints
[i
] = NULL
;
12841 single_step_gdbarch
[i
] = NULL
;
12845 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
12849 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12853 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
12854 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
12855 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[i
],
12856 single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
12859 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
12863 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
12868 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
12870 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
12872 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
12873 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
12881 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
12882 non-zero otherwise. */
12884 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
12886 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
12887 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
12888 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
12895 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
12897 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
12899 return inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
12903 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
12905 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
12907 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
12908 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
12910 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bp
;
12912 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
12916 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
12918 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
12928 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
12930 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
12931 char *text
, char *word
)
12933 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
12935 = (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, text
, word
);
12941 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
12943 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
12945 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
12947 tracepoint_count
= num
;
12948 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
12952 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12954 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12956 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12958 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
12959 0 /* Ignore count */,
12960 pending_break_support
,
12961 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
12965 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
12969 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12971 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12973 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12975 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
12976 0 /* Ignore count */,
12977 pending_break_support
,
12978 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
12982 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
12985 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
12988 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12990 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
12992 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
12993 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
12994 if (arg
&& strncmp (arg
, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg
[2]))
12995 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
12997 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
12999 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
13001 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
13003 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
13004 0 /* Ignore count */,
13005 pending_break_support
,
13010 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
13013 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
13014 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
13016 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
13017 static int next_cmd
;
13020 read_uploaded_action (void)
13024 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
13031 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
13032 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
13033 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
13034 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
13035 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
13037 struct tracepoint
*
13038 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
13040 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
13041 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13043 if (utp
->at_string
)
13044 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
13047 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
13048 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
13049 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
13051 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
13052 "source location, using raw address"),
13054 sprintf (small_buf
, "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
13055 addr_str
= small_buf
;
13058 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
13059 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
13060 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
13061 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
13064 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
13066 utp
->cond_string
, -1, 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
13068 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
13069 0 /* Ignore count */,
13070 pending_break_support
,
13071 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
13073 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
13077 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
13079 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
13080 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
13081 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
13085 sprintf (small_buf
, "%d %d", utp
->pass
, tp
->base
.number
);
13087 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
13090 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
13091 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
13092 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
13094 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
13096 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
13101 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
13103 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
13105 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
13106 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
13107 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
13108 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
13111 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
13112 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
13113 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
13118 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
13122 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
13124 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13127 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
13129 if (num_printed
== 0)
13131 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
13132 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
13134 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
13137 default_collect_info ();
13140 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
13141 Not supported by all targets. */
13143 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
13145 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
13148 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
13149 Not supported by all targets. */
13151 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
13153 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
13156 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
13158 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13160 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13166 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13168 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
13169 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
13170 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
13172 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
13173 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13175 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13179 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13181 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
13183 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13184 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13185 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13189 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13192 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
13195 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
13197 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
13198 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (tp
->base
.number
);
13200 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
13201 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
13204 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
13206 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
13207 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
13208 Also accepts special argument "all". */
13211 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
13213 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
13214 unsigned int count
;
13216 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
13217 error (_("passcount command requires an "
13218 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
13220 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
13222 while (*args
&& isspace ((int) *args
))
13225 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
13227 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13229 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
13231 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
13233 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
13235 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13236 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
13239 else if (*args
== '\0')
13241 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
, 1);
13243 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
13247 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
13249 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
13250 while (!state
.finished
)
13252 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
, 1);
13254 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
13259 struct tracepoint
*
13260 get_tracepoint (int num
)
13262 struct breakpoint
*t
;
13264 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
13265 if (t
->number
== num
)
13266 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
13271 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
13272 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
13275 struct tracepoint
*
13276 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
13278 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13280 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
13282 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13284 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
13291 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
13292 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
13293 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
13294 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
13295 struct tracepoint
*
13296 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
13297 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
,
13300 extern int tracepoint_count
;
13301 struct breakpoint
*t
;
13303 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
13307 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
13308 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
13310 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
13313 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
13315 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
13318 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
13322 if (instring
&& *instring
)
13323 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
13326 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
13327 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
13331 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
13332 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
13334 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
13337 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
13342 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13344 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
13345 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
13348 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
13350 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
13353 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
13354 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
13355 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
13359 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
13360 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
13362 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
13365 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
13366 struct ui_file
*fp
;
13367 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
13369 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
13370 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
13372 /* See if we have anything to save. */
13373 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
13375 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
13376 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
13379 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
13380 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
13385 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
13387 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
13389 /* We can stop searching. */
13396 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
13400 pathname
= tilde_expand (filename
);
13401 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, pathname
);
13402 fp
= gdb_fopen (pathname
, "w");
13404 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
13405 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
13406 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
13408 if (extra_trace_bits
)
13409 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
13411 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
13413 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
13414 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
13417 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
13418 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
13421 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
13423 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
13424 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
13427 if (tp
->cond_string
)
13428 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
13430 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
13431 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
13435 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
13437 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
13439 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
13440 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
13442 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
13444 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
13447 throw_exception (ex
);
13449 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
13452 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
13453 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable\n");
13455 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
13456 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
13457 special, and not user visible. */
13458 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
13460 struct bp_location
*loc
;
13463 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
13465 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
13469 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
13470 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
13472 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
13474 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
13477 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
13480 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
13482 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
13485 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
13488 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
13490 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
13493 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
13495 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
13496 all_tracepoints (void)
13498 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
13499 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
13501 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
13503 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
13510 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
13511 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
13512 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
13514 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
13515 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
13516 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
13517 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
13518 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
13519 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
13520 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
13521 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
13523 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
13524 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
13526 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
13527 conditions are different.\n\
13529 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
13531 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
13532 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
13534 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
13535 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
13538 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
13539 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
13540 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
13541 char **(*completer
) (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
13542 char *text
, char *word
),
13543 void *user_data_catch
,
13544 void *user_data_tcatch
)
13546 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
13548 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
13550 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
13551 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
13552 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
13554 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
13556 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
13557 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
13558 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
13562 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior
*inf
)
13564 inf
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
13565 inf
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
13566 VEC_free (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
13570 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13572 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
13573 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
13574 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout
);
13577 struct breakpoint
*
13578 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
13581 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13583 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13585 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
13592 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
13593 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
13596 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13598 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
13599 non-inline function. */
13600 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13606 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
13607 have been inlined. */
13610 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
13612 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13613 struct bp_location
*bl
;
13615 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13617 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
13620 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
13622 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
13623 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
13632 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
13634 static int initialized
= 0;
13636 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
13642 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
13643 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
13644 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
13645 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
13646 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
13647 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
13648 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
13649 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
13650 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
13651 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_create_sals_from_address
;
13652 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
13653 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_decode_linespec
;
13655 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
13656 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
13657 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
13658 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
13659 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
13660 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
13661 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
13662 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
13664 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
13665 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
13666 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
13667 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
13668 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
13669 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
13670 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
13671 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
13672 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
13673 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
13675 /* Internal breakpoints. */
13676 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
13677 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
13678 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
13679 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
13680 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
13681 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
13683 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
13684 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
13685 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
13686 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
13687 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
13688 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
13689 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
13691 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
13692 ops
= &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
;
13693 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
13694 ops
->print_it
= print_it_exception_catchpoint
;
13695 ops
->print_one
= print_one_exception_catchpoint
;
13696 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_exception_catchpoint
;
13697 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_exception_catchpoint
;
13700 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13701 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
13702 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
13703 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
13704 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
13705 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
13706 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
13707 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
13708 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
13709 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
13710 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
13711 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
13712 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
13714 /* Masked watchpoints. */
13715 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13716 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13717 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
13718 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
13719 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
13720 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
13721 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
13722 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
13723 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
13724 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
13727 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13728 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
13729 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
13730 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
13731 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
13732 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
13733 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
13734 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_address
;
13735 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
13736 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_decode_linespec
;
13738 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
13739 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13740 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13741 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_address
;
13742 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
13743 ops
->decode_linespec
= strace_marker_decode_linespec
;
13745 /* Fork catchpoints. */
13746 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
13747 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
13748 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
13749 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
13750 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
13751 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
13752 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
13753 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
13754 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
13756 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
13757 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
13758 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
13759 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
13760 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
13761 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
13762 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
13763 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
13764 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
13765 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
13767 /* Exec catchpoints. */
13768 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
13769 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
13770 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
13771 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
13772 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
13773 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
13774 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
13775 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
13776 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
13777 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
13779 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
13780 ops
= &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
13781 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
13782 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_syscall
;
13783 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_syscall
;
13784 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_syscall
;
13785 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
;
13786 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_syscall
;
13787 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_syscall
;
13788 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_syscall
;
13789 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_syscall
;
13793 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
13795 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
13797 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
13799 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
13800 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
13801 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
13803 breakpoint_objfile_key
= register_objfile_data ();
13805 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
13806 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
13807 before a breakpoint is set. */
13808 breakpoint_count
= 0;
13810 tracepoint_count
= 0;
13812 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
13813 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
13814 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
13816 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13818 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
13819 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
13820 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
13821 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
13822 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
13823 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
13824 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
13825 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
13827 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
13828 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
13829 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
13830 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
13832 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
13833 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
13834 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
13835 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
13836 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
13838 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
13839 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
13841 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
13842 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
13843 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
13844 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
13846 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
13847 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
13849 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
13850 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
13851 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
13852 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
13854 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
13855 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
13857 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
13858 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13859 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13860 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
13861 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13862 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
13863 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
13865 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
13866 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13867 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13868 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
13869 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13870 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
13872 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13874 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
13875 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13876 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13877 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13878 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
13879 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
13881 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
13882 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13883 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
13886 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
13887 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13888 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
13891 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
13892 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13893 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
13896 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
13897 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13898 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
13901 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
13902 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13903 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13904 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13905 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
13906 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
13907 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13908 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13910 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
13911 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13912 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13913 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13914 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
13916 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
13917 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13918 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13919 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13920 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
13921 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
13924 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
13925 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
13926 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13927 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13929 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
13930 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
13931 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
13932 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13933 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13935 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
13936 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
13937 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13938 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
13940 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
13941 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
13942 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13943 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13944 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
13947 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
13948 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
13949 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
13950 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
13951 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
13952 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
13954 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
13955 is executing in.\n\
13957 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
13958 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13960 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
13961 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
13962 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
13963 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
13965 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
13966 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
13967 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
13968 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
13971 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13975 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
13976 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
13977 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
13978 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
13979 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
13980 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
13981 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
13982 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
13983 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13984 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13985 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13986 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13987 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13988 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13989 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13990 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13992 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13993 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13994 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13995 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13996 breakpoint set."));
13999 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
14000 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
14001 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
14002 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
14003 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
14004 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
14005 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
14006 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
14007 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
14009 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
14010 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
14011 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
14012 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
14013 breakpoint set."));
14015 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
14018 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
14019 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
14020 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
14021 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
14022 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
14023 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
14024 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
14025 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
14026 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
14028 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
14029 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
14030 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
14031 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
14032 breakpoint set."));
14034 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
14035 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
14036 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
14037 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
14038 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
14039 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
14040 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
14041 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
14042 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
14043 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
14044 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
14045 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
14046 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
14048 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
14049 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
14050 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
14051 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
14053 &maintenanceinfolist
);
14055 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
14056 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
14057 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
14058 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
14060 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
14061 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
14062 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
14063 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
14065 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
14066 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
14067 Catch an exception, when caught."),
14068 catch_catch_command
,
14072 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
14073 Catch an exception, when thrown."),
14074 catch_throw_command
,
14078 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
14079 catch_fork_command_1
,
14081 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
14082 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
14083 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
14084 catch_fork_command_1
,
14086 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
14087 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
14088 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
14089 catch_exec_command_1
,
14093 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
14094 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
14095 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
14096 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
14097 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
14098 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
14099 catch_syscall_command_1
,
14100 catch_syscall_completer
,
14104 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
14105 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
14106 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
14107 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
14108 an expression changes.\n\
14109 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
14110 the memory to which it refers."));
14111 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
14113 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
14114 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
14115 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
14116 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
14117 an expression is read.\n\
14118 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
14119 the memory to which it refers."));
14120 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
14122 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
14123 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
14124 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
14125 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
14126 an expression is either read or written.\n\
14127 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
14128 the memory to which it refers."));
14129 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
14131 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
14132 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
14134 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
14135 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
14136 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
14137 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
14138 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
14139 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
14140 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
14141 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
14142 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
14145 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
14146 &setlist
, &showlist
);
14148 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
14150 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
14152 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
14153 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
14155 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
14156 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
14157 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
14159 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
14160 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
14161 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
14162 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
14164 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
14165 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
14167 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
14168 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
14169 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
14171 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
14172 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
14174 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
14175 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
14176 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
14177 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
14178 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
14179 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
14180 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
14181 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
14182 the selected stack frame.\n\
14183 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
14184 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
14185 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
14186 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
14188 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
14190 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
14191 conditions are different.\n\
14193 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
14194 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
14195 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
14197 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
14198 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
14199 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
14200 last tracepoint set."));
14202 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
14204 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
14205 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
14206 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
14207 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
14210 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
14211 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
14212 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
14213 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
14215 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
14217 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
14218 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
14219 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
14220 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
14222 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
14224 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
14225 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
14226 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
14227 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
14228 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
14230 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
14231 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
14232 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
14233 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
14235 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
14236 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
14237 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
14238 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
14239 session to restore them."),
14241 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
14243 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
14244 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
14245 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
14247 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
14249 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
14250 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
14252 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
14253 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
14254 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
14255 pending breakpoint behavior"),
14256 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
14257 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
14258 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
14259 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
14260 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
14261 pending breakpoint behavior"),
14262 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
14263 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
14265 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
14266 &pending_break_support
, _("\
14267 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
14268 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
14269 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
14270 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
14271 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
14272 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
14274 show_pending_break_support
,
14275 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
14276 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
14278 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
14280 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
14281 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
14282 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
14283 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
14284 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
14285 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
14286 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
14288 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
14289 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
14290 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
14292 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
14293 always_inserted_enums
, &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
14294 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
14295 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
14296 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
14297 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
14298 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
14299 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
14300 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
14301 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
14302 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
14303 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
14305 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
14306 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
14307 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
14309 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
14310 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
14311 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
14312 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
14313 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
14314 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
14315 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
14316 or the start of the range\n\
14317 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
14318 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
14319 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
14321 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
14322 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
14323 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
14325 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
14327 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);